Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Connected Services User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Connected Services User Manual

Connected Services

Connected Services

Navigation

Navigation requires a specific OnStar or connected service plan.

PressBuick Enclave 2023 Connected Services User Manual1 to receive Turn-by-Turn directions or have them sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Directions from the Services tab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite destination. Touch the navigation icons to select home, address, or place. A destination transfer from OnStar will show the detail view of the destination when it is transferred from OnStar to the Navigation application. See www.onstar.com for a coverage map. Services vary by model. Map coverage is available in the United States and Canada.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

  1. Press Buick Enclave 2023 Connected Services User Manual1to connect to an advisor.
  2. Request directions to be downloaded to the vehicle.
  3. Follow the voice-guided commands.

Using Voice Commands During a Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command button, if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. For some vehicles, press  Buick Enclave 2023 Connected Services User Manual2to open the OnStar app on the infotainment display.

Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped.

Press Buick Enclave 2023 Connected Services User Manual1 then ask the Advisor to download directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, if equipped. After the call ends, the navigation screen will provide prompts to begin driving directions. Routes that are sent to the navigation screen can only be canceled through the navigation system.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Connections
The following services help with staying connected.

For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

  • Change the default passwords for the Wi-Fi hotspot and myBuick mobile application. Make these passwords different from each other and use a combination of letters and numbers to increase the security.
  • Change the default name of the SSID (Service Set Identifier). This is your network’s name that is visible to other wireless devices. Choose a unique name and avoid family names or vehicle description.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access to the Internet and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile devices can be connected.

A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle controls only when it is safe to do so.

  1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, press Buick Enclave 2023 Connected Services User Manual2to open the OnStar app on the infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen.
  2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), password, and on some vehicles, the connection type (no Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is possible that the icon may not illuminate even though the vehicle has an active connection.
  1. To change the SSID or password, press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the SSID and password can be changed in the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your mobile devices. Manage data usage by turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile device, by using the myBuick mobile app, or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

MyBuick Mobile App (If Available)
Download the myBuick mobile app to compatible Apple and Android smartphones. Buick users can access the following services from a smartphone:

  • Remotely start/stop the vehicle, if factory-equipped.
  • Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with automatic locks.
  • Activate the horn and lamps
  • Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System.
  • Send destinations to the vehicle .
  • Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. market only).
  • Turn the vehicle’s Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, manage settings, and monitor data consumption, if
  • Locate a dealer and schedule service.
  • Request roadside assistance.
  • Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a timer.
  • Connect with Buick on social media.

Features are subject to change. For my Buick mobile app information and compatibility, see my.buick.com.

An active OnStar or connected service plan may be required. A compatible device, factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations.

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps.

Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market.

Diagnostics

By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle’s key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on maintenance. Capabilities vary by model.

See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Features are subject to change. For updates on feature capabilities, see my.buick.com. Message and data rates may apply.

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual

OnStar Overview

OnStar Overview

Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 01

Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 01Voice Command Button

Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 Blue OnStar Button

Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 03Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with a comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may require a paid service plan and data plan.

OnStar requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and GPS satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:

  • Solid Green: System is ready.
  • Flashing Green: On a call.
  • Red: Indicates a problem .
  • Off: System is off. Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 twice to speak with an OnStar Advisor.

Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.

Functionality of the Voice Command button may vary by vehicle and region.

Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 01 to:

Open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. If equipped, the infotainment system has OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions that can be performed with the buttons can be done using the app. To open the app, touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. App updates require a corresponding service plan. Features vary by region and model. Features are subject to change. For more information, see my.buick.com/learn or press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02

Or

  • Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice command.
  • Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot name or SSID and password, if equipped.

Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 to connect to an Advisor to:

  • Verify account information or update contact information.
  • Get driving direction.
  • Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle’s key operating systems.
  • Receive Roadside Assistance
  • Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.

Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 03to get a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

  • Get help for an emergency.
  • Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert.
  • Get assistance in severe weather or other crisis situations and find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

Emergency

Emergency Services require an active safety and security plan. With Automatic Crash Response, built-in sensors can automatically alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who is immediately connected in to the vehicle to help.

PressBuick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 03 for a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact location, and relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can locate a nearby service provider to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank.

Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these services:

  • With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the vehicle and help authorities quickly recover it.
  • With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, OnStar can block the vehicle from being restarted.
  • With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,

if equipped, OnStar can work with law enforcement to gradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked and the vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work with authorities to recover the vehicle .

OnStar Additional Information

In-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play important information at the following times:

  • Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 to set up an account.
  • After change in ownership and at 90 days.

Transferring Service

Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 to request account transfer eligibility information. The Advisor can cancel or change account information.

Selling/Transferring the Vehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for Subsequent Owners

Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 and follow the prompts to speak to an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update vehicle records and explain OnStar or connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside Assistance are available on most vehicles. Not all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For more information, a full description of OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software Terms:

OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area. The wireless service provider must also have coverage, network capacity, reception, and technology compatible with OnStar or connected services. Service involving location information about the vehicle cannot work unless GPS signals are available, unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected services may not work if the OnStar equipment is not properly installed or it has not been properly maintained. If equipment or software is added, connected, or modified, OnStar or connected services may not work. Other problems beyond the control of OnStar — such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming — may prevent service.

See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Services for People with Disabilities

Advisors provide services to help with physical disabilities and medical conditions.

Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 to help:

  • Locate a gas station with an attendant to pump gas.
  • Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets accessibility needs.
  • Provide directions to the closest hospital or pharmacy in urgent situations

TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to communicate to deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired customers while in the vehicle. The available TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or off by touching Settings, then Apps, and then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone calls can be made or received with OnStar using the infotainment display.

OnStar Personal Identification Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some OnStar services. The PIN will need to be changed the first time when speaking with an Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty
OnStar equipment may be warranted as part of the vehicle warranty.

Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to respond in multiple languages. Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 and ask for an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, Spanish, and French. Available languages may vary by country.

Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle has been off continuously for an extended period of time without an ignition cycle. To find out the duration of time that applies for the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If the vehicle has not been started for an extended period of time, OnStar can contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access to the vehicle.

Global Positioning System (GPS)
Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a large city with tall buildings; in parking garages; around airports; in tunnels and underpasses; or in an area with very dense trees. If GPS signals are not available, the OnStar system should still operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying the exact location.

  • In emergency situations, OnStar can use the last stored GPS location to send to emergency responders.

A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The Advisor may give a verbal route or may ask for a call back after the vehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for OnStar to send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not place items over or near the antenna to prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar Message
If there is limited cellular coverage or the cellular network has reached maximum capacity, this message may come on. Press Buick Enclave 2023 OnStar User Manual 02 to try the call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment page 256. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver software updates or changes to the vehicle without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or maintain safety, security, or the operation of the vehicle or the vehicle systems.

Software updates or changes may affect or erase data or settings that are stored in the vehicle, such as saved navigation destinations or pre-set radio stations.

Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for any affected or erased data or settings.

These updates or changes may also collect personal information. Such collection is described in the OnStar privacy statement or separately disclosed at the time of installation. These updates or changes may also cause a system to automatically communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, identify whether updates or changes are available, or deliver updates or changes. An active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to these software updates or changes and agreement that either OnStar or GM may remotely deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent.

OnStar – Software Acknowledgements
To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information.

*Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is solely responsible for provisions of related OSS compliance.

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual

Customer Information

Customer Satisfaction Procedure

Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Buick. Normally, any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by your dealer’s sales or service departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management.

Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order to give the inquiry prompt attention. Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance representative:

  • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is available from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the Dealership name and location .
  • Vehicle delivery date and present or mileage.

When contacting Buick, remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer’s facility. That is why we suggest following Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with the new vehicle. However, if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, you can file with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE® Program to enforce your rights.

The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an out-of-court program administered by BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive

disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days.

If you do not agree with the decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you.

You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE Program using the toll-free telephone number or write them at the following address:

BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB National Programs, Inc. 1676 International Drive

Suite 550
McLean, VA 22102
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.bbbautoline.org

This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program.

STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Company wants you to be aware of its participation in a no-charge Mediation/Arbitration program. General Motors of Canada Company has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory-related vehicle service claims. The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter. The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order to give the inquiry prompt attention. Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance representative:

  • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is available from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the Dealership name and Vehicle delivery date and present When contacting Buick, remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer’s facility. That is why we suggest following Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with the new vehicle. However, if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in.

Steps One and Two, you can file with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINE® Program to enforce your rights.

The BBB AUTO LINE Program is an out-of-court program administered by BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive  disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days.

If you do not agree with the decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you.

You may contact the BBB AUTO LINE Program using the toll-free telephone number or write them at the following address:

BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB National Programs, Inc. 1676 International Drive

Suite 550
McLean, VA 22102
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.bbbautoline.org

This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program.

STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Company wants you to be aware of its participation in a no-charge Mediation/Arbitration program. General Motors of Canada Company has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory-related vehicle service claims. The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter. The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: Mediation/Arbitration Program c/o Customer Care Centre

General Motors of Canada Company 500 Wentworth Street W Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5

The inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance Offices

Buick is committed to assisting customers. Visit us online at www.buick.com/support (U.S.) or www.my.buick.ca (Canada) to chat with us or find answers to commonly asked questions, tips, vehicle how-to instructions, and available support services.
Need more help? Use the phone numbers or mailing addresses below for additional assistance.

United States and Puerto Rico

Buick Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33136 Detroit, MI 48232-5136
1-800-521-7300
TTY: Dial 711 relay service and contact 1-800-833-2438
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-252-1112

Canada

Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Company 500 Wentworth Street W
Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800

All Overseas Locations
Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and/or who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Buick is able to assist. Please dial the national 711 relay service and contact 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

 

Online Account
Create a Buick Account (U.S.) at buick.com
Learn more about your vehicle features, shop for and manage your connected services and OnStar plans, and access diagnostic information specific to your vehicle.
Membership Benefits

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 01Download owner’s manuals and view vehicle-specific how-to videos.

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 03View maintenance schedules, alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments.

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 02 View service records from your dealership and add your own.

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 05Select a dealer and view locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours.

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 04Track your vehicle’s warranty information.

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 06View active recalls by Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) page 331

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 07Manage your profile and payment information. View your GM Rewards Card earnings and My Buick Rewards points.

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 08Chat with online help representatives. Visit buick.com and create an account today. Buick Owner Centre (Canada) mybuick.ca

Visit the Buick Owner Centre at mybuick.ca (English) or my.buick.ca (French) to access similar benefits to the U.S. site.

GM Mobility Reimbursement Program

Buick Enclave 2023 Customer Information User Manual 09

This program is available to qualified applicants for cost reimbursement, up to certain limits, of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ scooter lift for the vehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobility program, see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, please dial the national 711 relay service and contact 1-800-323-9935.

General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details.

TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Assistance Program

For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-252-1112;
(Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438).

For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance, have the following information ready:

  • Your name, home address, and home telephone number
  • Telephone number of your location
  • Location of the vehicle
  • Model, year, color, and license plate number of the vehicle
  • Odometer reading and Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
  • Description of the problem

Coverage
Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle’s powertrain warranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors North America and Buick reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification.

General Motors North America and Buick reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often, or the same type of claim is made many times.

Services Provided
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station.

  • Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out. A remote unlock may be available if you have For security reasons, the driver must present identification before this service is given.
  • Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Highway: Tow to the nearest Buick dealer for warranty service, or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven.

Assistance is not given when the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, or snow.

  • Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and properly inflated. It is the owner’s responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty.
  • Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery.
  • Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty event, incidental expenses may be reimbursed within the Powertrain warranty period. Items considered are reasonable and customary hotel, meals, rental car, or a vehicle being delivered back to the customer, up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance
  • Impound towing caused by violation of any laws.
  • Legal
  • Mounting, dismounting, or changing of snow tires, chains, or other traction.

Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an area that is not accessible to the service vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or maintained public road, which includes ice and winter roads. Off-road use is not covered.

Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased Vehicles

  • Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 liters. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service.
  • Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is required.
  • Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Must be over 150 km from where your trip was started to qualify.

Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders are required. Once authorization has been received, the Roadside Assistance advisor will help you make arrangements and explain how to receive payment.

  • Alternative Service: If assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give permission to get local emergency road You will receive payment, up to $100, after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be covered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility.

Scheduling Service Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and request an appointment. By scheduling a service appointment and advising the service consultant of your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately, keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is safety related. If it is, please call your dealership, let them know this, and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bring the vehicle for service, you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for same-day repair.

Courtesy Transportation Program
To enhance your ownership experience, we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada), Federal Emission, Extended Powertrain or Electric specific warranties in both the U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportation options are available to assist in reducing inconvenience when warranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate manual entitled “Limited Warranty and Owner Assistance Information” produced for new vehicles provides detailed warranty coverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to do so, your dealer may offer the following transportation options:

Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of your dealer’s area.

Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are needed, and public transportation is used, the expense must be supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange their own transportation, limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for information.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer may provide an available courtesy rental vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must be supported by original receipts as well as a signed and completed rental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicle provider requirements.

Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements, insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program Information
All program options, such as shuttle service, may not be available at every dealer.
Contact your dealer for specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged, have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish the vehicle resale value, and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions.

Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was originally built.

Genuine GM Collision parts are the best choice to ensure that the vehicle’s designed appearance, durability, and safety are preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle’s originally designed appearance and safety performance; however, the history of these parts is not known. Such parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for the vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit poorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions.
Aftermarket parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any vehicle failure related to such parts is not covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. Your dealer may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM-trained technicians and comparable equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage. There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms. Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to the GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs through the use of aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts. When purchasing insurance, we recommend that you ensure that the vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts. If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company may require you to have insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. Read the lease carefully, as you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call emergency services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of. Move the vehicle only if its position puts you in danger, or you are instructed to move it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary information to police and other parties involved in the crash.

For emergency towing see Roadside Assistance Program page 338

Gather the following information:

  • Driver name, address, and telephone number
  • Driver license number
  • Owner name, address, and telephone number
  • Vehicle license plate number
  • Vehicle make, model, and model year
  • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
  • Insurance company and policy number
  • General description of the damage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facility that uses quality replacement parts. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this section.

If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? page 59.

Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on Genuine GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is leased, you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost.

If another party’s insurance company is paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company’s collision policy repair limits, as you have no contractual limits with that company. In such cases, you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as the cost stays within reasonable limits.

Publication Ordering Information Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on the engine/propulsion, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical system, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature
Owner’s manuals are written specifically for owners and are intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle. The owner’s manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models.

Customer literature publications available for purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an owner’s manual, warranty manual, if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.

Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer literature are available for many current and past model year GM vehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. Eastern Time

For credit card orders only (VISA, MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:
Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive

Plymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio Frequency Statement
This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters / receivers / systems that operate on a radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ Part 18 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Science and Economic Development (ISED) Canada’s license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

  1. The device may not cause harmful
  2. The device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment.

Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to https://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from https://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government
If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety defect, notify Transport Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada Company. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510; go to: www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) or write to:

Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Defect Investigations and Recalls Division
80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-521-7300, or write: Buick Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33136
Detroit, MI 48232–5136

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Company Customer Care Centre
500 Wentworth Street W Oshawa, ON L1J 0C5

In Mexico, call 800-200-28425 or 800-466-0818.
In other Central America and Caribbean Countries, call 52-555-901-2369.

Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy

The vehicle has a number of computers that record information about the vehicle’s performance and how it is driven or used. For example, the vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle. These modules may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle or to help GM improve safety or features. Some modules may also store data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat positions, and temperature settings.

Cybersecurity
GM collects information about the use of your vehicle including operational and safety related information. We collect this information to provide, evaluate, improve, and troubleshoot our products and services and to develop new products and services.

The protection of vehicle electronics systems and customer data from unauthorized outside electronic access or control is important to GM. GM maintains appropriate security standards, practices, guidelines and controls aimed at defending the vehicle and the vehicle service ecosystem against unauthorized electronic access, detecting possible malicious activity in related networks, and responding to suspected cybersecurity incidents in a timely, coordinated and effective manner. Security incidents could impact your safety or compromise your private data. To minimize security risks, please do not connect your vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized devices or connect your vehicle to any unknown or untrusted networks (such as Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In the event you suspect any security incident impacting your data or the safe operation of your vehicle, please stop operating your vehicle and contact your dealer.

Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

  • How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
  • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
  • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
  • How fast the vehicle was traveling

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.

Note
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data or share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM’s defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as permitted by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information page 348.

Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions.

 Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Technical Data User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Technical Data User Manual

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

Buick Enclave 2023 Technical Data User Manual 01

This legal identifier is in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle’s engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications page 332 for the vehicle’s engine code.

Service Parts Identification
There may be a large barcode on the certification label on the center pillar that you can scan for the following information:

  • Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
  • Model designation
  • Paint information
  • Production options

If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on a label under the hatch area on the passenger side.

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications

The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328 for more Lubricants page 328 for more.

Application Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
Without V92 Towing Package 14.6 L 15.4 qt
With V92 Towing Package 14.7 L 15.5 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank
Front-Wheel Drive 73.4 L 19.4 gal
All-Wheel Drive 82.1 L 21.7 gal
Application Capacities
Metric English
Rear Axle (AWD) 0.75 L 0.79 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine specification 

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
3.6L V6 Engine (LFY) W Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.

Engine Drive Belt Routing

Buick Enclave 2023 Technical Data User Manual 02

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Service and Maintenance User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Service and Maintenance User Manual

Service and Maintenance

General Information

Your vehicle is an important investment. This section describes the required maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this schedule to help protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may also help to maintain the value of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicians who can perform required maintenance using genuine replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs.

Your dealer recognizes the importance of providing competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place for routine maintenance such as oil changes and tire rotations and additional maintenance items like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.

Caution
Damage caused by improper maintenance can lead to costly repairs and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks, inspections, recommended fluids, and lubricants are important to keep the vehicle in good working condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that are not approved by GM performed on the vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, or lubricants that are not approved by GM could damage the vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that are not covered by the vehicle warranty.

The Tire Rotation and Required Services are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people use vehicles, maintenance needs vary. There may need to be more frequent checks and services. The Additional Required Services – Normal are for vehicles that:

  • Carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label.

Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services – Severe Service.

wheel alignment. See When It Is Time for New Tires page 297 and Wheel Replacement page 300.

  • Perform Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection. See Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) page 326.
  • Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care page 314. Load Limit page 196.
  • Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits.
  • Use the recommended See Recommended Fuel page 243.

Additional Required Services –  Normal  Service

Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi)

  • Check engine oil level and oil
  • life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and reset oil life system. Or when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message displays, have the engine oil and filter changed within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). If driven under the best conditions, the engine oil life system may not indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and the oil life system must be reset. Your trained dealer technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last service .
  • Reset the oil life system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life System page  263.
    • When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE

    message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the next engine oil change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER SOON message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the earliest convenience. Reset the engine air filter life system after the engine air filter is replaced. See Engine Air Filter Life System page  264.

    Every 36 000 km (22,500 mi)

    • Replace passenger compartment air Or every 24 months, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter.

     

  • Every 156 000 km (97,500 mi)
    • Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots.

     

  • Every 161 000 km (100,000 mi)
    • Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. See Gas Strut(s) page  274.

     

  • Every 240 000 km (150,000 mi)
    • Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/ or axles and should be replaced.
    • Drain and fill engine cooling Or every six years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System page  265.
  • Severe Conditions Requiring More Frequent Maintenance*
    • Public service, military, or commercial use vehicles to include the following:
    • Ambulances, police cars, and emergency rescue vehicles. Civilian vehicles such as light duty pickup trucks, SUVs, and passenger cars that are used in military applications.
    • Recovery vehicles such as tow trucks and flatbed single vehicle carriers or any vehicle that is consistently used in towing trailers or other loads.
    • High use commercial vehicles such as courier delivery vehicles, private security patrol vehicles, or any vehicles that operate on a 24–hour basis.
    • Any vehicle consistently operated in a high sand or dust environment such as those used on oil pipelines and similar applications.
      The oil life indicator will show you when to change the oil and filter. Under severe conditions the indicator may come on before 12 000 km (7,500 mi).
      Footnote: Under extreme driving conditions listed above, it may be necessary to replace your spark plugs at more frequent intervals. For further assistance in determining the most suitable service maintenance intervals for your vehicle, please contact your authorized GM Dealer.
    • Vehicles that are regularly used for short trips of 6 km (4 mi) or less.

     

  • The oil life indicator will show you when to change the oil and filter. Under severe conditions the indicator may come on before 12 000 km (7,500 mi).

* Footnote: Under extreme driving conditions listed above, it may be necessary to replace your spark plugs at more frequent intervals. For further assistance in determining the most suitable service maintenance intervals for your vehicle, please contact your authorized GM Dealer.

Extreme service is for vehicles mainly driven off-road in four-wheel drive or used in farming, mining, forestry, or snow plowing.

Additional Required Services – Severe Service

  • Every 72 000 km (45,000 mi)
  • Change automatic transmission
  • Every 120 000 km (75,000 mi)
  • Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/ or axles and should be replaced.

Owner Checks and Services

  • Every Five Years
  • Replace brake
  • Every Seven Years

Replace Air Conditioning Desiccant every seven years. The air conditioning system requires maintenance every seven years. This service requires replacement of the desiccant to help the longevity and  efficient operation of the air conditioning system. This service can be complex. See your dealer

Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI)

A Multi Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) completed by a GM dealer technician is a maintenance assessment of your vehicle. The benefit of the MPVI is to identify and inform the customer of service items that require immediate attention and those that may require attention in the future.

The technician will perform the following checks on your vehicle. For a complete list of checks, inspections, and services, see your dealer.

Some items may not apply to your vehicle and/or region.

Diagnostics

  • OnStar active, if equipped
  • Service history/recall check

Engine Oil and Filter

  • Engine oil
  • Oil life monitor

Multi-Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI)

A Multi Point Vehicle Inspection (MPVI) completed by a GM dealer technician is a maintenance assessment of your vehicle. The benefit of the MPVI is to identify and inform the customer of service items that require immediate attention and those that may require attention in the future.

The technician will perform the following checks on your vehicle. For a complete list of checks, inspections, and services, see your dealer.

Some items may not apply to your vehicle and/or region.

Diagnostics

  • OnStar active, if equipped
  • Service history/recall check

Engine Oil and Filter

  • Engine oil
  • Oil life monitor
    • Reset oil life monitor

Exterior Lights

  • Visual inspection

Windshield and Wipers

  • Visual inspection

Battery

  • Battery visual inspection
  • Battery test results
  • Battery cables and connections

Systems, Fluids, and Visible Leak Inspection

  • Engine oil
  • Transmission
  • Drive axle
  • Transfer case
  • Engine cooling system
  • Power steering, if equipped
  • Fuel system
  • Windshield washer fluid

Tire Inspection

  • Tire pressure, tread depth, and wear
  • Rotation, if applicable
  • Alignment check, optional
  • Reset tire pressure monitor
    • Check tire sealant expiration date, if equipped
    • Check spare tire, if equipped
  • Check tire sealant expiration date, if equipped
  • Check spare tire, if equipped
Brakes
  • Check brake system
Visible and Functional Inspections
  • Seat belt components
  • Exhaust system
  • Accelerator pedal
  • Passenger compartment air filter, if equipped
  • Engine air filter
  • Hoses
  • Belts
  • Shocks and struts
  • Steering components
  • Axle boots or driveshaft and u-joints
  • Compartment lift struts, if equipped
  • Floor mats secured, no interference with pedals
  • Horn
  • Ignition lock, if equipped
  • Starter switch
  • Evaporative control system
  • Lubricate
    • Chassis components

Special Application Services

  • Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis components every oil
  • Have underbody flushing service See “Underbody Maintenance” in Exterior Care page 314.

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual

General Information

General Information

For service and parts needs, visit your dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one of these marks

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 01

California Perchlorate Materials Requirements

Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material  special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/Perchlorate

Accessories and Modifications

Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and handling, emissions systems, aerodynamics, durability, Driver Assistance Systems, and electronic systems like antilock brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of factory settings will not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non-GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle page 63

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your Own Service Work

Warning
It can be dangerous to work on your vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner’s manual procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any service work.

If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0342.

This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle page 63.

If equipped with remote vehicle start, open the hood before performing any service work to prevent remote starting the vehicle accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start page 13.

Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records page 330.

Caution
Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood
Warning
For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will start when the hood is opened. You or others could be injured.

Warning
Components under the hood can get hot from running the engine. To help avoid the risk of burning unprotected skin, never touch these components until they have cooled, and always use a glove or towel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hood before opening.

To open the hood:

  1. Pull the hood release lever with the i symbol. It is on the lower left side of the instrument panel.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 02
  2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever under the front center of the hood. Push the secondary hood release lever to the right to release.
  3. After you have partially lifted the hood, the gas strut system will automatically lift the hood and hold it in the fully open position.

To close the hood:

  1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler caps are on properly, and all tools are removed.
  2. Pull the hood down until the strut system is no longer holding up the hood.
  3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary.

Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a crash. You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely before driving.

Engine Compartment Overview

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 03

  1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter page 264.
  2. Engine Oil Fill See Engine Oil page 261.
  3. Engine Oil See Engine Oil page 261.
  4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See

Cooling System page 265.

  1. Brake Fluid See Brake Fluid page 270.
  1. Battery – North America page 271.
  2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure See Cooling System page 265.
  3. Positive (+) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting – North America page 309.
  4. Windshield Washer Fluid See Washer Fluid page 269.
  1. Engine Compartment Fuse Block page 278.
  2. Remote Negative (-) Battery Terminal. See Jump Starting – North America page 309.

Engine Oil

To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, but important steps will help protect your investment:

  • Use engine oil approved to the proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section.
  • Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add Engine Oil” in this section.
  • Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System page 263.
  • Always dispose of engine oil properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this
Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly, every 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview page 260 for the location.

Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the dipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays, check the oil level.

Follow these guidelines:

  • To get an accurate reading, park the vehicle on level Check the engine oil level after the engine has been off for at least two hours. Checking the engine oil level on steep grades or too soon after engine shutoff can result in incorrect readings. Accuracy improves when checking a cold engine prior to starting. Remove the dipstick and check the level.
  • If unable to wait two hours, the engine must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the engine is not warm. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 05

If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at the tip of the dipstick and the engine has been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” later in this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications page 332.

Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If the oil level is above the operating range (i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched area that shows the proper operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview page 260

for the location of the engine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328.

Specification
Ask for and use full synthetic engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have been approved by GM as meeting the dexos1 specification are marked with the dexos1 approved logo. See www.gmdexos.com.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 06

Caution
Failure to use the recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls below −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier cold starting for the engine at extremely low temperatures.
When selecting an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.

When selecting an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal.

Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which include engine revolutions, engine temperature, and miles driven. Based on driving conditions, the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time the oil is changed.

When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, it indicates that an oil change is necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must be reset. Your dealer has trained service people who will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly over the course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next engine oil change. To reset the system:

  1. Display the REMAINING OIL LIFE on the See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115.
  2. Press and hold V on the DIC while the Oil Life display is active. The oil life will change to 100%.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when the vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure.

Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to the dealer and have it repaired as soon as possible. Change the fluid at the intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule page 324, and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in  Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328.

Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the correct automatic transmission fluid. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328.

If you need to check the transmission fluid level, take the vehicle to your dealer.

Engine Air Filter Life System

If equipped, this feature provides the engine air filter’s remaining life and best timing for a change. The timing to change an engine air filter depends on driving and environmental conditions.

When to Change Engine Air Filter

When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE

message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the next engine oil change.

When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER SOON

message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the earliest convenience. The system must be reset after the engine air filter is changed.

If the CHECK AIR FILTER SYSTEM message displays, see your dealer.

How to Reset Engine Air Filter Life System

Reset the system whenever the engine air filter is replaced so that the system can calculate the next engine air filter change.

To reset:

  1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
  2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or

Driver Information Center(DIC)(Uplevel) page 115.

  1. Press p to move to the Reset/Disable display area. Select Reset then press V for several seconds.
  2. Press V to confirm the

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview page 260.

When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter
For intervals on changing and inspecting the engine air filter, see Maintenance Schedule page 324.

  • If equipped with Engine Air Filter Life System, see Engine Air Filter Life System page 264.
  • If driving in very dusty areas, follow the engine air filter inspecting and changing intervals, see Maintenance Schedule page 324.

How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris.

Remove the engine air cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake the engine air cleaner/filter (away from the vehicle), to release loose dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/ filter for damage, and replace if damaged. Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or components with water or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 07

  1. Remove the five screws and lift the cover off the air cleaner/filter housing.
    Warning
    If part replacement is necessary, the part must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part. Use of a replacement part without the same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle.
  2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/
  3. Lower the cover on the air cleaner/filter housing and secure with the five.
  4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life system after replacing the engine air See Engine Air Filter Life System page 264.

Warning
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when driving.

Cooling System
The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 08

  1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View)
  2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and  Pressure Cap

Warning
An underhood electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant needs to be checked and replaced at appropriate intervals. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating page 268.

What to Use
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. If using this mixture, nothing else needs to be added. This mixture:

  • Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside temperature.
  • Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C (265 °F), engine temperature.
  • Protects against rust and corrosion.
  • Will not damage aluminum  parts.
  • Helps keep the proper engine temperature

Caution
Do not use anything other than a mix of DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage to the engine cooling system and the vehicle, which would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your health.

Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level .

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 09

Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do anything else until it cools down. If coolant is visible but the coolant level mark is not

visible, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank to the top rib on the middle of the tank, but be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done. See Engine Overheating page 268.

The coolant surge tank is located in the engine compartment on the driver side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview page 260.

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge 

Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.
Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but there would not be an overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned.

Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough.

Caution
Failure to follow the specific coolant fill procedure could cause the engine to overheat and could cause system damage. If coolant is not visible in the surge tank, contact your dealer.

If no problem is found, check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at the indicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank, but be sure the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is cool before you do it.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 10

  1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one-quarter of a turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose.
  2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly and remove it.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 11
  3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the indicated
    level mark.
  4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan.
    By this time, the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the indicated
    level mark.
  5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.
  6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold.
    If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 1–6.
    If the coolant still is not at the proper level when the system cools down again, see your dealer.

Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating
The vehicle has several indicators to warn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolant temperature gauge on the instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge page 103. The vehicle may also display a message on the Driver Information Center (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program page 338.

Engine Overheating
The vehicle has several indicators to warn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolant temperature gauge on the instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge page 103. The vehicle may also display a message on the Driver Information Center (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program page 338.

Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a leak in the engine cooling system. This can cause a loss of all coolant and can damage the system and vehicle. Have any leaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment

Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them to come out at high speed and you could be burned. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool.

If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is displayed but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle:

  • Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
  • Stops after high-speed driving.
  • Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam:

  1. Turn the air conditioning off.
  2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan Open the windows as necessary.
  3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle.

If the engine coolant temperature gauge is no longer in the overheated area, the vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine for three minutes while parked. If the warning is still displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down.

Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid is needed, be sure to read the manufacturer’s instructions before use. If operating the vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 12

Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Engine Compartment Overview page 260 for reservoir location .

Caution

  • Do not use washer fluid that contains any type of water repellent coating. This can cause the wiper blades to chatter or skip.
  • Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint.
  • Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system.
  • When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water.
  • Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full.

Brakes
Disc brake linings have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake linings are worn and new linings are needed. The sound can come and go or can be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly.

Warning
The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well. That could lead to a crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced.

Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake linings could result in costly brake repairs.

Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied, clearing up following several applications. This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications page 332.

Brake pads should be replaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes may not work properly. The braking performance can change in many ways if the wrong brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly installed.

Brake Fluid

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 13

The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview page 260 for the location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level should be between the minimum and maximum marks on the brake fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir may go down:

  • Normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes back up.
  • A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.

With a leak, the brakes will not work well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are  installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic  system .

Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it can spill on the engine and burn, if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and the vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light page 107.

Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328.

Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any painted surface.

Battery – North America
The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. For replacement of the battery, see your dealer.

The vehicle has an Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a standard 12-volt battery will result in reduced 12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM battery setting on the charger.
If available, use the AGM setting on the charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts.

Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories can expose you to chemicals including lead and lead compounds, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

See California Proposition 65 Warning page 1.

Stop/Start System
This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to help conserve fuel. See Stop/Start System page 202.

Vehicle Storage
Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. Always wear eye protection. See Jump Starting – North America page 309 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger.

All-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case

Under normal driving conditions, transfer case fluid does not require maintenance unless there is a fluid leak or unusual noise. If required, have the transfer case serviced by your dealer.

Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check
Warning
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake.

  • To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.
  • To check the P (Park) mechanism’s holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is required.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways. For proper type and length, see Maintenance Replacement Parts page 329.

Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield.

Front Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the front wiper blades:

  1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away from the windshield.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 14
  2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the wiper blade where the wiper arm
  3. Remove the wiper blade .
  4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade replacement .

Caution
Damage may occur if the wiper blades are not in contact with the windshield before turning on the wiper system.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement
To replace the rear wiper blade .

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 15

  1. Slide a plastic tool under the cover and push upward to unsnap.
  2. Slide the cover toward the wiper blade tip to unhook it from the blade assembly.
  3. Remove the cover.
  4. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 16
  5. Push the release lever (2) to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3).
  6. Push the new blade assembly securely on the wiper arm until the release lever clicks into place.
  7. To reinstall the cover, ensure that the cover hook slides into the slot in the blade assembly.
  8. Snap the cover down to secure.

Windshield Replacement
Driver Assistance Systems
If the windshield needs to be replaced and the vehicle is equipped with a front camera sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a GM replacement windshield is recommended. The replacement windshield must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is not, these systems may not work properly, they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper windshield replacement.

Acoustic Windshield
The vehicle is equipped with an acoustic windshield. If the windshield needs to be replaced, be sure to get an acoustic windshield so you will continue to have the benefits an acoustic windshield can provide.

Gas Strut(s)
Your vehicle may be equipped with gas strut(s) to provide assistance in lifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.

Warning
If the gas struts that hold open the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.

Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any objects from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 18

Hood

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 19

Trunk

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 20

Liftgate

Headlamp Aiming

Front Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim h as been preset and should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer.

Bulb Replacement

For the proper type of replacement bulbs, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer.

Caution
Do not replace incandescent bulbs with aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical system.

LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer.

License Plate Lamp
This section is for vehicles without a Rear Camera Mirror (RCM). Vehicles with an RCM have an LED license plate  lamp.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 21

Lamp Assembly

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 22

Bulb Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

  1. Push the left end of the lamp assembly toward the right.
  2. Turn the lamp assembly down to remove it.
  3. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise to remove it from the lamp assembly (3).
  4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of the bulb socket (1).
    Push the replacement bulb straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly.
  5. Turn the lamp assembly into the lamp assembly opening engaging the clip side first .
  6. Push on the lamp side opposite the clip until the lamp assembly snaps into place .

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices and Wiring

Warning
Exposure to high voltage can cause shock, burns, and even death. The high voltage components in the vehicle can only be serviced by technicians with special training.
High voltage components are identified by labels. Do not remove, open, take apart, or modify these components. High voltage cable or wiring has orange covering or labels. Do not probe, tamper with, cut, or modify high voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical System Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers to protect against an electrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit until the current load returns to normal or the problem is fixed. This greatly reduces the chance of circuit overload and fire caused by electrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protect power devices in the vehicle.

If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, the same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible.

To check a fuse, look at the band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a fuse of the identical size and rating .

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 29 Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 30

Replacing a Blown Fuse

  1. Turn off the vehicle .
  2. Locate the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse block .
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 31Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual33
  3. Use the fuse puller to remove the fuse from the top or side, as shown above.
  4. If the fuse must be replaced immediately, borrow a replacement fuse with the same amperage from the fuse block. Choose a vehicle feature that is not needed to safely operate the Repeat Steps 2-3.
  5. Insert the replacement fuse into the empty slot of the blown fuse.

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off.

Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart.

Although the circuit is protected from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems.

Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with their ampere rating. Do not exceed the specified amperage rating when replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can result in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual34

Warning
Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result in a fire. You or others could be injured or killed, and the vehicle could be damaged.

See Accessories and Modifications page 258 and General Information page 258.

To check or replace a blown fuse, see Electrical System Overload page 276.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The underhood fuse block is in the engine compartment, on the driver side of the vehicle.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 36

Caution
Do not pull the engine compartment fuse block lever, since it is intended only for service purposes. If pulled, vehicle malfunction may occur.

 

To remove the fuse block cover, press the clips on the cover and lift it straight up.

Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

To remove fuses, use the fuse puller and pull straight out.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 37

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage

F1  Antilock Brake System Pump

Fuses Usage
F2 Starter 1
F3 DC DC Transformer 1
F4 –
F5 DC DC Transformer 2
F6 –
F7 –
F8 –
F9 Vacuum Pump
F10 Front Wiper
F11 –
F12 –
F13 Starter 2
F14 –
F15 Rear Wiper
F16 –
F17 –
F18 –
F19 –
F20 –
F21 –

Fuses Usage
F22 Electronic Brake Control

Module
F23 Parking/Trailer Lamps
F24 Right Trailer Stoplamp/

Turnlamp
F25 Steering Column Lock
F26 –
F27 Left Trailer Stoplamp/

Turnlamp
F28 –
F29 –
F30 Washer Pump
F31 –
F32 Left Low – Beam

Headlamp
F33 Daylight Running Lamps
F34 Horn
F35 –
F36 –
F37 Right Low – Beam

Headlamp
Fuses Usage
F38 Automatic Headlamp
Leveling Motor
F39 Transmission Control

Module
F40 Left Rear Bus Electrical

Center/Ignition
F41 Instrument Cluster
F42 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
F43 Head-up Display/ Reflective Light

Auxiliary Display
F44 Communication

Gateway Module/Run/ Crank
F45 –
F46 –
F47 –
F48 –
F49 Interior Rearview Mirror
F50 Fuel Tank Zone Module/ Shifter Interface Board/ Run/Crank

Fuses Usage
F51 Heated Steering Wheel
F52 Folding Seats Switch
F53 Coolant Pump
F54 –
F55 Air Conditioning Clutch
F56 –
F57 Engine Control Module/ Ignition
F58 Transmission Control Module/Ignition
F59 Engine Control Module Battery
F60 Engine Control

Module – Even
F61 O2 Sensor 1/Air Flow
F62 –
F63 O2 Sensor 2/Canister/

Engine Oil/Turbo
F64 Aeroshutter
F65 Engine Control Module
Powertrain 1

Fuses Usage
F66 Engine Control Module Powertrain 2
F67 Engine Control Module – Odd
F68 –
F69 –
F70 –
F71 –
F72 –
F73 –
F74 –
F75 –
F76 –
F77 –

Relays Usage
K1 Starter 1
K2 Run/Crank
K3 Vacuum Pump
K4 –
K5 Air Conditioning

Relays Usage
K6 –
K7 Engine Control Module
K8 Folding Seats
K9 –
K10 Starter 2

Instrument Panel Fuse Block
Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 38

The instrument panel fuse block is inside the center console on the passenger side of the vehicle.
Remove the fuse access door by pulling the door at the opening.

To remove a fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse block.Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 39The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage
F1 Body Control Module 6
F2 Diagnostic Link
F3 Electric Steering Column Lock
F4 Rear USB Port
F5 Rear Sunshade/Park/ Reverse/Neutral/ Drive/Low
F6 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
F7 Body Control Module 3
F8 Adaptive Front Lighting System
F9 Right Front Heated Seat
F10 Airbag
F11 –
F12 Amplifier
F13 Body Control Module 7
F14 Left Front Heated Seat
F15 –
F16 Sunroof

Fuses Usage
F17 Communication Gateway Module
F18 Instrument Cluster/
Head Up Display
F19 Body Control Module 1
F20 Wireless Charger Module
F21 Body Control Module 4
F22 Infotainment
F23 Body Control Module 2
F24 Park/Reverse/Neutral/ Drive/Low
F25 Park Assist/Shifter Interface Board
F26 Communications Integration Module
F27 Video
F28 Radio/Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning Display
F29 Radio
F30 Steering Wheel Controls

Fuses Usage
F31 Front Blower
F32 DC AC Inverter
F33 Driver Power Seat
F34 Passenger Power Seat
F35 Feed/Body Control  Module 4
F36 Electric Power Steering
F37 Power Outlet/Wireless Charger/Accessory
F38 Body Control Module 8
F39 –
Circuit Breakers/ Minifuse Usage
F40 –
F41 –
F42 Auxiliary Power Outlet (CB)/Lighter (Minifuse)

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 40

The rear compartment fuse block is behind a trim panel on the driver side of the rear storage compartment.
The trim panel is removed by prying along the top edge of the trim panel at two notched locations. Remove the trim panel to access the fuse block, or see your dealer.
To remove a fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse block.
The fuse block label is on the back of the access door in the driver side rear trim panel .

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 41

Fuses Usage
F1  –
F2 Trailer

Fuses Usage

F3 Folding Seats
F4 Rear Blower

Fuses Usage
F5 Rear Drive Control
F6 –
F7 Right Window
F8 Rear Defogger
F9 Left Window
F10 –
F11 Trailer Reverse
F12 USB Port/Third Row
Seats
F13 –
F14 –
F15 –
F16 –
F17 – /Air Quality Sensor
F18 –
F19 Ventilated Seats/ Massage
F20 –
F21 –
F22 –

Fuses Usage
F23 –
F24 Lumbar
F25 –
F26 Trailer Brake Lamps
F27 Massage
F28 Passive Entry/Passive Start
F29 –
F30 Canister Vent
F31 –
F32 Heated Mirrors
F33 USB Port/Second Row Seats
F34 Liftgate Module
F35 Fuel System Control
Module/Fuel Tank Zone Module
F36 –
F37 –
F38 Window Module
F39 Rear Closure

Fuses Usage
F40 Memory Seat Module
F41 Automatic Occupancy Sensor
F42 –
F43 –
F44 –
F45 Liftgate Motor
F46 Rear Heated Seats
F47 –
F48 –
F49 –
F50 –
F51 –
F52 Semi-Active Dampening System Module
F53 –
F54 External Object Calculating Remote System/Side Blind Zone Alert
F55 –

Fuses Usage
F56 Universal Remote System/Overhead Console/Humidity/Rain Sensor
F57 Hands Free Closure Release

Circuit Breakers Usage
CB1 –
CB2 –
CB3 Rear Auxiliary Power Outlet

Relays Usage
K1 –
K2 –

Wheels and Tires

Tires
Every new GM vehicle has high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for information regarding the tire  warranty and where to get service. For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer.

Warning

  • Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous.
  • Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196.
  • Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The resulting crash could cause serious Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the tires are cold.
  • Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
  • Worn or old tires can cause a crash. If the tread is badly worn, replace them.
  • Replace any tires that have been damaged by impacts with potholes, curbs, etc.
  • Improperly repaired tires can cause a crash. Only your dealer or an authorized tire service center should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires.
  • Do not spin the tires in excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation page 291 for inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed driving.

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with all-season tires These tires are designed to provide good overall performance on most road surfaces  and weather conditions. Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Original equipment all-season tires can be identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will be “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires page 286.

Winter Tires
This vehicle was  not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice or snow covered roads is expected. See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires page 298.

With winter tires, there may be decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking.

If using winter tires:

  • Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions.
  • Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and speed rating as the original equipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. If winter tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire’s maximum speed capability.

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is molded into its sidewall. The examples show a typical passenger vehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 43

Passenger Tire Example

  1. Tire Size : The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. See the “Tire Size” illustration in this section.
  2. TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM’s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.
    • DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
  3. DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.
  4. Tire Identification Number (TIN) :
    The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
  5. Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.
  6. Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors: tread wear, traction, and temperature resistance. For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading page 299.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 43

Compact Spare Tire Example

  1. Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.
  • Temporary Use Only : The compact spare tire or temporary use tire should not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle has a compact spare tire, see Compact Spare Tire page 308 and If a Tire Goes Flat page 302.
    1. Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT (Department of Transportation) code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.
    2. Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load.
    3. Tire Inflation : The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Tire Pressure page 290.
    4. Tire Size : A combination of letters and numbers define a tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. The letter “T” as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only.
    5. TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the GM’s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.

Tire Designations
Tire Size

The example shows a typical passenger vehicle tire size.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual45

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire

  • Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter “P” as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim
  • Tire Width : The 3-digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.
  • Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item (3) of the illustration, it would mean that the tire’s sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide.
    • Construction Code : A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. The letter “R” means radial ply construction; the letter “D” means diagonal or bias ply construction .
    • Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches.
    • Service Description : These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. The load index represents the load carrying capacity a tire is certified to carry. The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load.
  • Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.
    Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
    Bias Play Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
    Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch) before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure page 290.
    DOT Markings : A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production.
    GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196.
  • GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196.GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

    Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

    Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure.

    Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles.

    Load Index : An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.

    Maximum Inflation Pressure : The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

    Maximum Load Rating : The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

    Occupant Distribution : Designated seating positions.

    Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The side of the tire that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire.

    Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.

    Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer’s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure page 290 and Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

  • Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.
    Rim: A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.
    Sidewall: The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.
    Speed Rating: An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.
  • Traction: The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.
    Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
  • Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See When It Is Time for New Tires page 297.UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards): A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings  for a tire’s traction, temperature, and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire.See Uniform Tire Quality Grading page 299.

    Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

    Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Load on an individual tire due to curb weight, accessory weight, occupant weight, and cargo weight.

    Vehicle Placard : A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle’s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading Information Label” under Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

    Tire Pressure
    Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively.

Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor overinflation is good. Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, can result in:

  • Tire overloading and overheating, which could lead to a blowout
  • Premature or irregular wear
  • Poor handling
  • Reduced fuel economy for internal combustion engine vehicles
  • Reduced range for electric vehicles Overinflated tires, or tires that have too much air, can result in:
  • Unusual wear
  • Poor handling
  • Rough ride
  • Needless damage from road hazards

The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle indicates the original equipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle’s maximum load carrying capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

How the vehicle is loaded affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry.

When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires once a month or more. Do not forget the spare, if the vehicle has one. The compact spare cold tire pressure should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). See Compact Spare Tire page 308.

How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gauge to check tire pressure. Proper tire inflation cannot be determined by looking at the tire. Check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the inflation pressure is low, add air until the recommended pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure is high, press on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on the valve stems to keep out dirt and moisture. Use only valve caps designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation

Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, puts additional strain on tires. Sustained high-speed driving causes excessive heat buildup and can cause sudden tire failure. This could cause a crash, and you or others could be killed. Some high-speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed operation. When speed limits and road conditions allow the vehicle to be driven at high speeds, make sure the tires are rated for high-speed operation, are in excellent condition, and are set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table require inflation pressure adjustment when driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire inflation pressure to the corresponding value in the table for the tire size on the vehicle.

High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures
Tire Size Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi)
255/65R18 280 kPa (41 psi)
255/55R20 280 kPa (41 psi)

Return the tires to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure when high-speed driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196 and Tire Pressure page 290.

Tire Pressure Monitor System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces energy efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation page 293. See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly, excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual46

When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits  196.

A message to check the pressure in a specific tire displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure. Using the DIC, tire pressure levels can be viewed. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115.

The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and  needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label, attached to your vehicle, shows the size of the original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits page 196, for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire Pressure page 290.

The TPMS can warn about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection page 296, Tire Rotation page 296, and Tires page 285.

Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured. Do not exceed the maximum pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Labeling page 286 and Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

TPMS Malfunction Light and Message
The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. The malfunction light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected. Some of the conditions that can cause these to come on are:

  • One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed See “TPMS Sensor Matching Process” later in this section.
  • The TPMS sensor matching process was not done or not completed successfully after rotating the tires. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after successfully completing the sensor matching See “TPMS Sensor Matching Process” later in this section.
  • One or more TPMS sensors are missing or The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See your dealer for service.

Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment tires or wheels.

Tires and wheels other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. See Buying New Tires page 298.

  • Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning properly it cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message come on and stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
This feature provides visual and audible alerts outside the vehicle to help when inflating an underinflated tire to the recommended cold tire pressure.

When the low tire pressure warning light comes on:

  1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.
  2. Set the parking brake firmly .
  3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
  4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. The turn signal lamp will flash.

When the recommended pressure is reached, the horn sounds once and the turn signal lamp will stop flashing and briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires that have illuminated the low tire pressure warning light.

Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured. Do not exceed the maximum pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Labeling page 286 and Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

If the tire is overinflated by more than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple times and the turn signal lamp will continue to flash for several seconds after filling stops. To release and correct the pressure, while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, briefly press the center of the valve stem. When the recommended pressure is reached, the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flash within 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has not been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers are on, the tire fill alert visual feedback will not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert properly under the following conditions:

  • There is interference from an external device or transmitter.
  • The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire.
  • There is a malfunction in the TPMS .
  • There is a malfunction in the horn or turn signal lamps.
  • The identification code of the TPMS sensor is not registered to the system.
  • The battery of the TPMS sensor is low.

If the tire fill alert does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again.

If the tire fill alert feature is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. The identification code needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor matching process should also be performed after replacing a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next ignition cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, in the following order: driver side front tire, passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool.

A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match the first tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, the matching process stops and must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching process is:

  1. Set the parking brake.
  2. Place the vehicle in Service See Ignition Positions page 200.
  1. Make sure the Tire Pressure info page option is turned on. The info pages on the DIC can be turned on and off through the Options menu.

See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115.

  1. Use the DIC controls on the right side of the steering wheel to scroll to the Tire Pressure screen under the DIC info page.
  2. Press and hold the thumbwheel in the center of the DIC controls.

The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen.

  1. Start with the driver side front
  2. Place the relearn tool against the tire sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press the button to activate the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position.
  3. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7.
  4. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7.
  5. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched  process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off.
  6. Turn the vehicle off .
  7. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label .

Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected for signs of wear or damage at least once a month.

Replace the tire if:

  • The indicators at three or more places around the tire can be seen.
  • There is cord or fabric showing through the tire’s rubber.
  • The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric.
  • The tire has a bump, bulge, or other  damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.
  • Tire Rotation
    Tires should be rotated according to the interval specified in the Maintenance Schedule. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

Tires are rotated to achieve a more uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible, check for proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual wear continues after the rotation, check the wheel alignment.

See When It Is Time for New Tires page 297 and Wheel Replacement page 300.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 47

Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires.

Do not include the compact spare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after the tires have been rotated. See Tire Pressure page 290 and Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation page 293.

Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications page 332, and “Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire Changing page 303.

Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter of the wheel hub opening with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust buildup.

Warning
Do not apply grease to the wheel mounting surface, wheel conical seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or come off, resulting in a crash.

When It Is Time for New Tires
Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual47

Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. See Tire Inspection page 296. an Tire Rotation page 296.

The rubber in tires ages over time. This also applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of each year.

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, clean area away from direct sunlight to slow  aging. This area should be free of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can deteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period can cause flat spots on the tires that may result in vibrations while driving. When storing a vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched specific tires for the vehicle. The original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. When replacement tires are needed, GM strongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating.

GM’s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of the vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM’s

TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire’s sidewall near the tire size. If the tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling page 286 for additional information.

GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and maintenance have been done, all four tires should wear out at about the same time. However, if it is necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. See Tire Rotation page 296.

Warning
Tires could explode during improper service. Attempting to mount or dismount a tire could cause injury or death. Only your dealer or authorized tire service center should mount or dismount the tires.

Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes (other than those originally installed on the vehicle), brands, tread patterns, or types may cause loss of vehicle control, resulting in a crash or other vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels.

Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle.

Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR speed rated tires. Never exceed the winter tires’ maximum speed capability when using winter tires with a lower speed rating.

If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires.

The Tire and Loading Information label indicates the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits .

Different Size Tires and Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be affected .

Warning
If different sized wheels are used, there may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires.

The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.

While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades.

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts .

Warning
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air and cause loss of control, resulting in a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.

Replacing a wheel with a used one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been driven may be unknown.

It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. When replacing wheels, use a new GM original equipment wheel.

Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.

Tire Chains
Warning
If the vehicle has a tire size other than 255/65R18, do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause loss of control and a crash. Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle’s tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that manufacturer’s instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust or remove the traction device if it contacts the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If traction devices are used, install them on the front tires.

Caution
If the vehicle is equipped with 255/65R18 size tires, use tire chains only where legal and only when necessary. Use low profile chains that add no more than 12 mm thickness to the tire tread and inner sidewall. Use chains that are the proper size for the tires. Install them on the tires of the front axle. Do not use chains on the tires of the rear axle. Tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions.
If the chains contact the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the contact continues, slow down until it stops. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires page 285. If air goes out of a tire, it is much more likely to leak out slowly. But if there is ever a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.

Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible.

Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

If your vehicle is loaded at or near maximum cargo capacity, it may be difficult to fit the jack under the vehicle due to the environment (shoulder slope, road debris, etc.). Removal of some weight may improve the ability to fit the jack under the vehicle at the correct jacking location.

Warning
Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving:

  1. Set the parking brake firmly.
    ‘Put the vehicle in P (Park).
  2. Turn the vehicle off and do not restart the vehicle while it is raised.
  3. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle.
  4. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual48

  1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
  2. Flat Tire

The following information explains how to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
To access the spare tire and tools:

  1. Open the liftgate.
  2. Lift the load floor.
  3. Remove the cargo management system.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual50
  4. Turn the wing nut (3) counterclockwise to remove the jack (1) and wheel wrench (2). Place the tool container near the tire being changed.
  5. Remove the spare tire and place it next to the tire being changed.

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire

  1. Do a safety check before See If a Tire Goes Flat
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual51
  2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen all the wheel nuts, but do not remove them yet.
  3. Place the jack near the flat tire.
    Caution
    Make sure that the jack lift head is in the correct position or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty.. Position the jack lift head at the jack .Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 52
  4.  Position the jack lift head at the jack location nearest the flat tire.
    The jacking location is indicated by a half circle notch in the metal flange. The jack must not be used in any other position.
    Warning
    Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
    Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.
    Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.
    Caution
    Using a jack to raise the vehicle without positioning it correctly could damage your vehicle. When raising your vehicle on a jack, be sure to position it correctly under the frame and avoid contact with the plastic molding.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 53
  5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the jack lift head until the slots in the jack head fit into the metal flange behind the cut out on the plastic molding. Do not raise the vehicle yet.
  6. Put the compact spare tire near you.
  7. Turn the wrench clockwise in the jack to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so that there is enough room for the spare tire to fit under the wheel well.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual54
  8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
  9. Remove the flat tire.
    Warning
    Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual55
  10. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel.
  11. Place the compact spare tire on the wheel-mounting surface.
    Warning
    Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle’s wheel could fall off, causing a crash.
  12. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub.
    Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
    Warning
    Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0  for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications.
    Caution
    Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications page 332 for the wheel nut torque specification.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual56
  13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence, as shown.
  14. Lower the jack all the way and remove the jack from under the vehicle.
  15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly with the wheel wrench.

Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle’s compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the spare could be damaged.

Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.

Storing the Flat Tire

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual57

  1. Liftgate Hinges
  2. Cable
  3. Center of the Wheel
  4. Door Striker

To store the flat tire:

  1. Remove the cable package from under the spare tire, jack, and tools.
  2. Remove the small cap by tapping the back of the cap with the extension of the shaft, if the vehicle has aluminum
  3. Put the flat tire in the rear storage area with the valve stem facing the rear of the vehicle.
  4. Pull the cable through the door striker and the center of the wheel .
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 58
  5. Lower the liftgate enough to be able to hook the cable onto the outside portion of the liftgate hinges.
  6. Hook the other end of the cable onto the outside portion of the liftgate hinge on the other side of the vehicle.
  7. Pull on the cable to make sure it is secure.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 59
  8. Make sure the metal tube is centered at the striker. Push the tube toward the front of the vehicle.
  9. Close the liftgate and make sure it is fully latched.
  10. Make sure the metal tube is centered at the striker.
    1. Close the liftgate and make sure it is fully latched.

    The compact spare is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can.

    Storing the Compact Spare Tire and Tools
    To store the spare tire and tools:

    1. Open the liftgate.
    2. Lift the load
    3. Remove the cargo management system.
    4. Put back the spare tire and all tools as they were stored in the rear storage compartment.
    5.  Install the cargo management system and load floor.

The compact spare is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can.

Compact Spare Tire
Warning
Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. Use only one compact spare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when new; however, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa (60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check that the spare tire is correctly inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare  tire is designed for temporary use only. The vehicle will perform differently with the spare tire installed and it is recommended that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire, the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control systems may engage until the spare tire is recognized by the vehicle, especially on slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce  possible wheel slip.

Caution
When the compact spare is installed, do not take the vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together.

Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. Using them can damage the vehicle and the chains. Do not use tire chains on the compact spare.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting – North America

For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery – North America page 271.

If the battery has run down, try to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely.

Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories can expose you to chemicals including lead and lead compounds, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

See California Proposition 65 Warning page 1.

Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because:

  • They contain acid that can burn you.
  • They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
  • They contain enough electricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you.

Caution
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle.

Caution
If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal.

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 60

Connection Points and Sequence

  1. Discharged Battery Positive (+) Terminal
  2. Good Battery Positive (+) Terminal
  3. Good Battery Negative (−) Terminal
  4. Discharged Battery Negative (−) Grounding Point

The discharged battery positive (+) terminal and the discharged battery negative (–) grounding point are on the driver side of the vehicle.

The good battery positive (+) terminal and the good battery negative (–) terminal are on the battery of the vehicle providing the jump start.

The discharged battery positive (+) terminal is under a cover. Open the cover to expose the terminal.

  1. . Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system.
    Caution
    If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting.
  2. Position the two vehicles so that they are not touching.
  3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic transmission, or Neutral with a manual transmission.
    Caution
    If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting.
  4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights and accessories in both vehicles, except the hazard warning flashers if needed
    Warning
    An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.
    Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light.
    Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and get medical help immediately.
    Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running.
  5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) cable to the discharged battery positive (+) terminal.
  6. Connect the other end of the red positive (+) cable to the good battery positive (+) terminal.
  7. Connect one end of the black negative (–) cable to the good battery negative (–) terminal.
  8. Connect the other end of the black negative (–) cable to the discharged battery negative (–) grounding point.
  9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine at idle speed for at least four minutes.
  10. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service.

Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Transporting a Disabled Vehicle

Caution
Incorrectly transporting a disabled vehicle may cause damage to the vehicle. Use proper tire straps to secure the vehicle to the flatbed tow truck. Do not strap or hook to any frame, underbody,
or suspension component not specified below. Do not move vehicles with drive axle tires on the ground. Damage is not covered by the vehicle warranty.

The vehicle may be equipped with an electric parking brake and/or an electronic shifter. In the event of a loss of 12-volt battery power, the electric parking brake cannot be released, and the vehicle cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire skates or dollies must be used under the non-rolling tires to prevent damage while loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging the vehicle will cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

The vehicle may be equipped with an electric parking brake and/or an electronic shifter. In the event of a loss of 12-volt battery power, the electric parking brake cannot be released, and the vehicle cannot be shifted to N (Neutral). Tire skates or dollies must be used under the non-rolling tires to prevent damage while loading/unloading the vehicle. Dragging the vehicle will cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Contact a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be transported. GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to help reduce approach angles, if necessary.

If equipped, a tow eye may be located near the spare tire or emergency jack. Do not use the tow eye to pull the vehicle from the snow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threads may have right or left-hand threads. Use caution when installing or removing the tow eye.

The vehicle must be in N (Neutral) and the electric parking brake must be released when loading the vehicle onto a flatbed tow truck.

  • If the vehicle is equipped with car wash mode and has 12-volt battery power, refer to “Car Wash Mode” under Automatic Transmission page 207 to place the vehicle in N (Neutral).
  • If the 12-volt battery is dead and/or the engine will not start, the vehicle will not move. Try to jump start the Refer to Jump Starting – North America page 309 and if the jump start is successful, retry the “Car Wash Mode” procedure.
  • If jump starting is unsuccessful, the vehicle will not move. Tire skates or dollies must be used under the non-rolling tires to prevent vehicle damage.

Front Attachment Points

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 61The vehicle is equipped with specific attachment points to be used by the towing provider. These holes may be used to pull the vehicle from a flat road surface onto the flatbed tow truck.

Recreational Vehicle Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.

Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly.

Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle towing:

  • Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region.
  • The towing capacity of the towing vehicle. Be sure to read the tow vehicle manufacturer’s recommendations.
  • How far the vehicle will be towed. Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can be towed.
  • The proper towing equipment. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations.
  • If the vehicle is ready to be towed. Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed.

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the towing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 62

Caution
If the vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain components could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.

The vehicle is not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground. If the vehicle must be towed, a dolly should be used. See the following information on dolly towing.

Dolly Towing

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 63

Driving onto a Dolly

  1. Park the vehicle on level ground in front of the dolly and turn the vehicle off.
  2. Make sure the parking brake is released .
  3. Press and hold ENGINE START/STOP with your foot off the brake for five seconds.
  4. Hold the brake pedal down and press the parking brake switch for 15 seconds until the service parking brake light flashes.
  5. While the service parking brake light is still flashing, remove your foot from the brake pedal and release the parking brake switch.
  6. Immediately press and release the parking brake switch again while the service park brake light is still flashing.
  7. Start the vehicle and drive onto the dolly.
  8. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
  9. Turn off the vehicle .
  10. Open the hood.
  11. Exit the vehicle and secure the vehicle onto the dolly.
  12. Disconnect the negative (–) terminal connector from the 12-volt battery.
  13. Close the hood of the vehicle .

Removing the Vehicle from a Dolly

  1. Make sure the vehicle is secured to the
  2. Open the door and hood of the vehicle .
  3. Connect the negative (–) terminal connector from the 12-volt
  4. Press and hold ENGINE START/STOP with your foot off the brake for five seconds.
  5. Hold the brake pedal down and press the parking brake switch for five seconds until the parking brake light flashes.
  6. Turn the vehicle off.
  7. Disconnect the vehicle and remove it from the dolly.

Towing the Vehicle from the Rear

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 64

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 65

Caution
Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have the vehicle towed from the rear.

Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a deicing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328.

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle’s finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight.

Caution
Avoid using high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals.

Caution
Do not power wash any component under the hood that has this e symbol.
This could cause damage that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, must be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting.

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended.

If painted surfaces are damaged, see your dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.

Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing should be done to remove residue from the paint finish. See your dealer for approved cleaning products.

Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.

Caution
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new, keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings

Caution
Failure to clean and protect the bright metal moldings can result in a hazy white finish or pitting. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on the vehicle are aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel. To prevent damage always follow these cleaning instructions:

  • Be sure the molding is cool to the touch before applying any cleaning solution.
    • Use only approved cleaning solutions for aluminum, chrome, or stainless steel.
  • Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain alkaline substances and can damage the moldings.
    • Always dilute a concentrated cleaner according to the manufacturer’s
    • Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use.
    • Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle after washing to protect and extend the molding finish.
  • Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Stripes Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and stripes. Follow instructions under “Washing the Vehicle” previously in this section. Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry.Do not use any of the following on lamp covers:
    • Abrasive or caustic agents
    • Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations than suggested by the manufacturer
    • Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners
    • Ice scrapers or other hard items
    • Aftermarket appearance caps or covers while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated.
  • Caution
    Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
  • Caution
    Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only.

Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield, when washing the vehicle.

Shutter System

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 66

The vehicle may have a shutter system designed to help improve fuel economy. Keep the shutter system clear of debris, snow and ice. If the check engine light is activated, please check to see if the shutter system is clear of debris, snow or ice.

Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry climates may require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants page 328.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires.

Caution
Using petroleum-based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied.

Caution
Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium chloride or calcium chloride. These are used on roads for conditions such as dust and ice. Always wash the chrome with soap and water after exposure.

Caution
To avoid surface damage on wheels and wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, or brushes. Use only GM approved cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash that uses silicon carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper attachment, connections, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect all other brake parts for cracks and leaks.

Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year.

Inspect power steering for proper electrical connections, binding, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinges, unless the components are plastic. Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to thoroughly clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and scratches with touch-up materials available from your dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer’s body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this section.

Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly clean the vehicle’s interior. Before using cleaners, read and follow all safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and windows to get proper ventilation. Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s interior.

Caution
Immediately remove cleaners, hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or permanent damage may result.

Caution
Use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned to prevent permanent damage to the vehicle. Apply all cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any switches or controls.

When using liquid soap cleaners, follow the directions on the specific cleaner or soap solution for dilution instructions.

  • Never rub any surface aggressively or with too much pressure.
  • Do not get any exposed electrical components wet.
  • Do not use laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap.
  • Do not heavily saturate the upholstery when cleaning.
  • Do not use solvents or cleaners containing solvents.
  • Do not use disinfecting wipes that are scented or contain Do not use wipes or cleaners that show a color transfer to the wipe or change the appearance of the interior surface when used.
  • Do not use scented or gel-type hand sanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes in contact with interior surfaces of the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap and water solution.

Interior Glass
To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water.

Caution
To prevent scratching, never use abrasive cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggressive cleaning may damage the rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months of ownership will reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap.

Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.

  • When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water .
  • When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water.

Vinyl/Rubber
If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floor mats, use a soft cloth and/or brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap and water solution.

Warning
Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on vinyl/rubber floor and mats. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the vinyl/rubber and can make the floor slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible:

Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed.

  • For solid soils, remove as much as possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

  1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is recommended to prevent lint transfer to the fabric or carpet.
  2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth.
  3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently to prevent forcing the soil into the fabric .
  4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning
  5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water.

If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.

Caution
Do not attach a device with a suction cup to the display. This may cause damage and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces

Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap and water solution.

Caution
Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior surfaces, may cause permanent damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after cleaning and allow them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use liquids that contain alcohol or solvents on leather seats. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim, and are not recommended.

Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected glare can decrease visibility through the windshield under certain conditions.

Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Damage caused by air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover and Convenience Net
If equipped, wash with warm water and mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. It may severely weaken the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean and rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats
Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Interference with the pedals can cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.

Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat use:

  • The original equipment floor mats are designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need to be replaced, it is recommended that GM-certified floor mats are purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere .
  • Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor.
  • Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over.
  • Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat.
  • Use only a single floor mat on the driver side.
  • Do not place one floor mat on top of another.

Button Retainer

Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual 67

Some vehicles have floor mats with a button-type retainer.

Removing and Replacing the Floor Mat

  1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to unlock and remove.
  2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining up the floor mat opening over the carpet retainer and snapping into position.
  3. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.

Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care page 318 for important cleaning information.

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual

Driving Information

Driving for Better Fuel Economy

Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible.

  • Set the climate controls to the desired temperature after the engine is started, or turn them off when not required.
  • On AWD vehicles, see Driver Mode Control page 215.
  • Avoid fast starts and accelerate
  • Brake gradually and avoid abrupt
  • Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time.
  • When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control.
  • Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions
  • Keep vehicle tires properly
  • Combine several trips into a single
  • Replace the vehicle’s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire’s sidewall near the size.
  • Follow recommended scheduled

Distracted Driving

Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of driving. Exercise good judgment and do not let other activities divert your attention away from the road. Many local governments have enacted laws regarding driver distraction.

Become familiar with the local laws in your area.

To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on driving.

  • Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary phone calls.
  • Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.
  • Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions.
  • Become familiar with vehicle features before driving, such as programming favorite radio stations and adjusting climate control and seat settings. Program all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving.
  • Wait until the vehicle is parked to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor.
  • Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children.
  • Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or restraint.
  • Avoid stressful conversations while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone.

Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that system and the navigation system, if equipped, including pairing and using a cell phone.

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always expect the unexpected.” The first step in driving defensively is to wear the seat belt. See Seat Belts page 48

  • Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they may do and be ready.
  • Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you.
  • Focus on the task of driving .

Impaired Driving
Death and injury associated with impaired driving is a global tragedy.

Warning
Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol or drugs. You can have a serious — or even fatal — collision if you drive after drinking or taking drugs.
Do not drive while under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control a vehicle while driving.

Braking
Braking action involves perception time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:

  • Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.
  • Avoid needless heavy braking .
  • Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering system, do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, or similar objects at speeds greater than 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving over other objects such as lane dividers and speed bumps. Damage caused by misuse of the vehicle is not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual4

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering system, which reduces the amount of effort needed to steer the vehicle. It does not have power steering fluid. Regular maintenance is not required.

If the vehicle experiences a system malfunction and loses power steering, greater steering effort may be required. Power steering assist also may be reduced if you turn the steering wheel as far as it can turn and hold it there with force for an extended period of time.

See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips

  • Take curves at a reasonable speed. 2
  • Reduce speed before entering a curve.
  • Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve.
  • Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating gently into the curve.00
Steering in Emergencies

There are some situations when steering around a problem may be more effective than braking.

    • Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand.
    • The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking.
  1. Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual54

The vehicle’s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips:

  1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement.
  2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge.
  3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle’s three control systems:

  • Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.
  • Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force.
  • Acceleration Skid — too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions:

  • Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to The vehicle may straighten out. Be ready for a second skid if it occurs.
  • Slow down and adjust your driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues — such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt.
  • Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road Driving
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) vehicles can be used for off-road driving. Vehicles without AWD and vehicles not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not be driven off-road except on a level, solid surface. To contact the tire manufacturer for more information about the original equipment tires, see the warranty manual.

Controlling the vehicle is the key to successful off-road driving. One of the best ways to control the vehicle is to control the speed.

Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position. This could cause you to lose control and crash. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts.

Before Driving Off-Road

  • Have all necessary maintenance and service work completed.
  • Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check inflation pressure in all tires, including the spare, if equipped.
  • Read all the information about AWD vehicles in this manual.
  • Make sure all underbody shields, if equipped, are properly attached.
  • Know the local laws that apply to off-road driving .

To gain more ground clearance if needed, it may be necessary to remove the front fascia lower air dam. However, driving without the air dam reduces fuel economy.

Caution
Operating the vehicle for extended periods without the front fascia lower air dam installed can cause improper airflow to the engine. Reattach the front fascia air dam after off-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving

Warning

  • Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly.
  • Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. The heaviest things should be on the floor, forward of the rear axle.
  • Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle’s center of gravity, making it more likely to roll over. You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the cargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loading the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits page 196.

Environmental Concerns
Always use established trails, roads, and areas that have been set aside for public off-road recreational driving and obey all posted regulations.

  • Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, or grasses or disturb wildlife.
  • Do not park over things that See

Parking over Things That Burn page 206.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and an understanding of what the vehicle can and cannot do.

Warning
Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can cause loss of control. Driving across hills can cause a rollover. You could be injured or killed. Do not drive on steep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess the steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the vehicle and walk the hill before driving further.

When driving on hills:

  • Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on the steering wheel.
  • Maintain a slow
  • When possible, drive straight up or down the hill.
  • Slow down when approaching the top of the hill.

Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high speed can cause a crash. There could be a drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even another vehicle. You could be seriously injured or killed. As you near the top of a hill, slow down and stay alert.

  • Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible.
    Never go downhill forward or backward with the transmission in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control.
  • When driving down a hill, keep the vehicle headed straight down. Use a low gear because the engine will work with the brakes to slow the vehicle and help keep the vehicle under control.

Warning
Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade. This could cause loss of control and you or others could be injured or killed. Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control.

  • Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.
  • . Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something and potentially
    roll over.
  • . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline more severe. If a rock is driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression, the vehicle can tilt even more.
  • . If an incline must be driven across and the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent side slipping.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

  1.  Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and then apply the parking brake.
  2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the engine.
    • If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the parking brake, and back straight down.
    • Never try to turn the vehicle around.
    • If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it to roll over.
    • If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down the hill.
    • Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) using only the brake.
    • The vehicle can roll backward quickly and you could lose control.
    • If driving downhill when the vehicle stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the parking brake, and drive straight down the hill.
  3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after stalling, set the parking brake, shift into P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
    1. Leave the vehicle and seek help
    2.  Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill.

Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the downhill side when stopped across an incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.

  • Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible.
  • Never go downhill forward or backward with the transmission in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control.
  • When driving down a hill, keep the vehicle headed straight Use a low gear because the engine will work with the brakes to slow the vehicle and help keep the vehicle under control.

Warning
Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade. This could cause loss of control and you or others could be injured or killed. Apply the brakes lightly when descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control.

  • Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the downhill wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.

Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something and potentially roll over.

  • Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline more severe. If a rock is driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression, the vehicle can tilt even more .
  • If an incline must be driven across and the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent side slipping.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

  1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and then apply the parking brake.
  2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the engine .
    • If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the parking brake, and back straight down.
  • Never try to turn the vehicle around. If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it to roll over.

If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down the hill.

  • If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down the hill.
  • Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) using only the brake.
  • The vehicle can roll backward quickly and you could lose control.
  • If driving downhill when the vehicle stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the parking brake, and drive straight down the hill.
  1. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after stalling, set the parking brake, shift into P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.
    • Leave the vehicle and seek
    • Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill.
  • Warning
    Getting out of the vehicle on the downhill side when stopped across an incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed c killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.
  • Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice

    Use a low gear when driving in mud — the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck.

    Traction changes when driving on sand. On loose sand, such as on beaches or sand dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. This affects steering, accelerating, and braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.

    Traction is reduced on hard packed snow and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce vehicle speed when driving on hard packed snow and ice.

  • Warning
    Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary greatly and the vehicle could fall through the ice; you and your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only.
  • Driving in Water
    Warning

Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown. If it is only shallow water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires. Traction could be lost, and the vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water.

Caution
Do not drive through standing water if it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can damage the axle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep, drive through it slowly. At faster speeds, water can get into the engine and cause it to stall. Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is under water. Do not turn off the ignition when driving through water. If the exhaust pipe is under water, the engine will not start. When going through water, the brakes get wet, and it might take longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Roads page 193.

After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody or chassis, or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire hazard.

After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and checked. These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure, steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and exhaust system for damage and check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance service is required. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water

Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle’s tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet weather driving tips include:

  • Allow extra following
  • Pass with caution.
  • Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape.
  • Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir
  • Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires page 285.
  • Turn off cruise
  • Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD) See

Driver Mode Control page 215.

Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

  • Keep the vehicle serviced and in good
  • Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and transmission.
  • Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills.
  • Warning
    Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake performance, and could result in a loss of braking. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope.

Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering assist. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear.

  • Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the center line.
  • Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).
    Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action.
  • Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Mode. See Driver Mode Control page 215 and All-Wheel Drive page 210.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice
Caution
To avoid damage to the wheels and brake components, always clear snow and ice from inside the wheels and underneath the vehicle before driving.

Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0°C (32°F) when freezing rain begins to fall.

Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

  • Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick.
  • Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.
  • The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) page 211.
  • Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded areas. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice.
  • Turn off cruise
    Cold Weather Mode
    In very low temperatures, a cold weather message may display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The engine speed, transmission shift patterns, and cabin fan speed may operate differently to enable the vehicle to warm up quicker. You can manually override the cabin fan speed in cold weather mode.

Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program page 338. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe:

  • Turn on the hazard warning
  • Tie a red cloth to an outside

Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

  • Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe.
  • Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the vehicle side that is away from the wind, to bring in fresh air.
  • Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
  • Adjust the climate control system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems.”

For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust page 206.

To save fuel, run the engine for short periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive, when running the engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel.

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud,  ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the traction system to free the vehicle, turn the traction system off and use the rocking method. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.

Warning
If the vehicle’s tires spin at high speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph).

For All-Wheel Drive (AWD), select Off-Road or AWD mode. See Driver Mode Control page 215 and All-Wheel Drive page 210.

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting,

and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. If the vehicle

does need to be towed out, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311.

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it may properly carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label.

Warning
Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash. Overloading can also reduce stopping performance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information Label

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 03

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and

loading information label shows the number of occupant seating

positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds.

The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires page 285 and Tire Pressure page 290.

There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification/ Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle. See “Certification/Tire Label” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit

  1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s placard.
  1. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
  2. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
  3. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
  4. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
  5. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.”
    See Trailer Towing page 249 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules and trailering tips.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 04

Example 1

  1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
  2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

Available Occupant and Cargo
Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs).

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 06

Example 2

  1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
  2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
  3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs).

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 07

  • Example 3

    1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
    3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs).

    Refer to the vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about the vehicle’s capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle’s capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 8

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar).

The label may show the size of the vehicle’s original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. The label shows the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both sides of the centerline.

Caution
Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle.

Warning
Things inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.

  • Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as far forward as possible. Try to spread the weight evenly.
  • Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
  • Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle.
    Secure loose items in the vehicle. . Do not leave a seat folded down unless needed.

Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines:

  • Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 800 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle.
  • . Avoid making hard stops for the first 300 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings.
  • . Do not tow a trailer during break-in.
    See Trailer Towing page 249 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and more information.

Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased.

On new vehicles, the various mechanical and electrical systems experience a “break-in” period during the first 6 400 km (4,000 mi) of routine driving. As the vehicle is driven, the mechanical systems adjust to provide optimal fuel economy and transmission shift performance.

Electrical systems will adapt and calibrate during the break-in period. A one-time occurrence of clicks and similar vehicle noises is normal during this process.

Normal driving charges the vehicle’s battery to achieve the best operation of the vehicle, including fuel economy and the Stop/Start System. See Stop/Start System page 202.

Ignition Positions

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 9

Vehicles with Keyless Access have pushbutton starting.

The remote key must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Key Operation page 7.

To shift out of P (Park), the engine must be running, and the brake pedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) page 204.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low), the vehicle will shift to P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active.

If the vehicle is in N (Neutral), the ignition will return to accessory mode and display the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the ignition will turn off.

Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency:

  1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.
  2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location.
  3. Come to a complete stop and shift to P (Park).
  4. Set the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake page 211.
  5. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the vehicle off.

Warning
Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.
Accessory Mode (Amber Indicator Light) : This mode allows some electrical accessories to be used when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the button one time without the brake pedal applied will place the ignition system in accessory mode.
The ignition will switch from accessory mode to OFF after five minutes to prevent battery rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This mode is for driving and starting. With the ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, pressing the button once will place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, release the button. Engine cranking will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine page 201.

The ignition will then remain on.

Service Mode
This power mode is available for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and holding the button for more than five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will not be able to be driven. The engine will not start in Service Mode. Press the button again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the Engine
Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or N (Neutral).
To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped.

Caution
If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment page 256.

  1. With the Keyless Access system, the remote key must be in the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake pedal applied. When the engine begins cranking, let go of the button.
    The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it.
    If the remote key is not in the vehicle, if there is interference, or if the remote key battery is low, a Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a message. See Remote Key Operation page 7.
    Caution
    Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by trying to start the engine immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.
  2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below −18 °C or 0°F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you press ENGINE START/STOP. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the engine starts, release the accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.

Stop/Start System
This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has components designed for the increased number of starts.

Warning
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature causes the engine to shut off while the vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle may restart and move unexpectedly. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn the ignition off before exiting the vehicle.

Auto Engine Stop/Start
When the brakes are applied and the vehicle is at a complete stop, the engine may turn off. When stopped, the tachometer displays AUTO STOP. See Tachometer page 101. When the brake pedal is released or the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will restart.
To maintain vehicle performance, other conditions may cause the engine to automatically restart before the brake pedal is released.
Auto Stops may not occur and/or auto restarts may occur because:

  • The climate control settings require the engine to be running to cool or heat the vehicle interior.
    The vehicle battery needs to charge.
    The vehicle battery has recently been disconnected.
    Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop.
    The accelerator pedal is pressed.
    The engine or transmission is not at the required operating temperature.
    The outside temperature is not in the required operating range.
  • The vehicle transmission is shifted out of D (Drive) to any gear other than P (Park).
    Certain driver modes have been selected.
    See Driver Mode Control page 215.
    The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade.
    The driver door has been opened or driver seat belt has been unbuckled.
    The hood has been opened.
    The Auto Stop has reached the maximum allowed time.

Auto Stop Disable Switch

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 10

The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing h.
Auto Stop/Start is enabled each time you start the vehicle.
The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing h.
When the h indicator is illuminated, the system is enabled.

Engine Heater
If equipped, the engine heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug-end of the cord may exist, which will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above -18 °C (0 °F).

Warning
Do not plug in the engine block heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. Property damage or personal injury may result. Always park the vehicle in a clear open area away from buildings or structures.

To Use the Engine Heater

  1. Turn off the engine .
    Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 11
  2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage yearly.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 13
  3. Open the engine heater connector cover.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 14
  4. Plug the heater cord into the connector in the front fascia.
    Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt AC outlet that is protected by a ground fault detection function.
    Warning
    Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire.

    • Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an electric shock.
    • Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater or extension cord, could make it overheat and cause a fire, property damage, electric shock, and injury.
    • Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord permanently attached to the vehicle. Possible heater cord and thermostat damage could occur.
    • While in use, do not let the heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges.
    • Before starting the vehicle, unplug the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts.
  5. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord.
  6.  Close the engine heater connector cover.

The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the vehicle is turned from on to off, the following features (if equipped) will continue to function for up to 10 minutes, or until the driver door is opened. These features will also work when the vehicle is on or in accessory mode:

  • Infotainment System
  • Power Windows (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
  • Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will be lost when any door is opened)
  • Auxiliary Power Outlet
  • Audio System
  • OnStar System

Shifting Into Park
Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

  1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the Electric Parking Brake (EPB). See Electric Parking Brake page 211.
  2. Press the P (Park) switch on the center console.
  3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a hill, the EPB may apply automatically. The driver may not be able to release the EPB using the EPB switch. It should automatically release when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running

Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the EPB and shift the vehicle to P (Park). If you are towing a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running, the vehicle must be in P (Park) with the EPB set. Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park).

Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an electronic transmission.

To shift out of P (Park):

  1. Ensure the engine.
  2. Apply the brake pedal .
  3. Press or pull the desired shift switch on the center For N (Neutral) press and hold the N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator illuminates red.

The P indicator will turn white and the gear indicator on the selected shift switch will turn red when the vehicle is no longer in P (Park).

If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a Driver Information Center (DIC) message will be displayed. Check that the ignition is on, the engine is running, and the brake pedal is applied when you are attempting to shift out of P (Park). If all of these are met but the vehicle will not shift out of P (Park), see your dealer for service.

Parking over Things That Burn

Warning
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn.

Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle running. If the vehicle is left running, be sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park page 205 and Engine Exhaust page 206.

If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key outside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 15 minutes.
If the vehicle is left parked and running with the remote key inside the vehicle, it will continue to run for up to 30 minutes.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is parked on a hill, due to lack of available fuel.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken out of P (Park) while it is running.

Engine Exhaust

Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

  • The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes).
  • The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different.
  • The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage.
  • The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired.
    There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not completely sealed.
  • If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle:
    • Drive it only with the windows completely down.
    • Have the vehicle repaired

    Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation.

Running the Vehicle While Parked
It is better not to park with the engine running.

If the vehicle is left with the engine running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park page 205 and Engine Exhaust page 206.

If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245

Automatic Transmission

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 15

The shift switches are on the center console. The selected gear position will illuminate red on the shift switch, while all others will be displayed in white. If the shift is not immediate, as in very cold conditions, the indicator on the shift switch may flash until it is fully engaged.

The transmission does not operate when the vehicle is off.
If the vehicle is in accessory mode, the transmission can be shifted into P (Park).
If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while at a relatively high speed, the engine will turn off and the transmission will automatically shift into N (Neutral). Once the vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected.
P : This position locks the drive wheels. Use P (Park) when starting the vehicle to ensure the vehicle does not move.

It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the transmission is not in P (Park) with the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If the engine has been left running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and place the transmission into P (Park). See Shifting Into Park page 205 and Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

This vehicle is equipped with an electronically controlled transmission. The R (Reverse) and D (Drive) shift switches are designed to prevent inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless the ignition is on, and the brake pedal is applied.

When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The transmission will shift to P (Park) automatically.

The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting Into Park page 205 and Shifting out of Park page 205.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) while the speed is too high, the vehicle will shift into N (Neutral). Reduce the vehicle speed and try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
  2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center console .

To shift out of R (Reverse):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete console .
  2. Shift to the desired gear.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be used to rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck page 196.

N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed.

Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral), press the N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator is red.

To shift out of N (Neutral):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete  stop .
  2. Shift into the desired gear.

Car Wash Mode
This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral) for use in automatic car washes. Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicle towing. If the vehicle needs to be towed, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311.

Caution
The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. It will automatically shift into P (Park) if left in Car Wash Mode.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver in Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle occupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car
  2. Apply the brake
  3. Shift to N (Neutral).
  4. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal.
  5. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 2–
  6. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver out of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine off and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash .
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Open the door.
  4. Shift to N (Neutral).
  5. Turn off the engine and release the brake pedal.
  6. The indicator should continue to show If it does not, start the engine and repeat Steps 2–5.
  7. Exit the vehicle and close the The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
  8. The vehicle may automatically shift to P (Park) upon re-entry.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver in Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle occupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car
  2. Apply the brake pedal .
  3. Shift into N (Neutral).
  4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.
  2. Apply the brake pedal.
  3. Shift into N (Neutral).
  4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the engine on and the vehicle unoccupied:

  1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash
  2. Apply the brake  pedal .
  3. Open the engine .
  4. Shift into N (Neutral), then release the brake pedal.
  5. The indicator should continue to show If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4.
  6. Exit the vehicle and close the The vehicle is now ready for the car wash.
  7. The vehicle may automatically shift into P (Park) upon re-entry.

Caution
A transmission hot message may display if the automatic transmission fluid is too hot. Driving under this condition can damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to cool the automatic transmission fluid. This message clears when the transmission fluid has cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normal driving.

If more power is needed for passing, press the accelerator pedal down.

If the vehicle is shifted into D (Drive) while the speed is too high, the transmission will get ready to engage D (Drive). Reduce the vehicle speed, then the transmission will engage D (Drive).

To shift into D (Drive):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete
  2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center

To shift out of D (Drive):

  1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop .
  2. Shift to the desired gear .

Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding. See “Skidding” under Loss of Control page 190

Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.

Manual Mode

Electronic Range Select (ERS)

Caution
If the vehicle is driven at a high rpm without upshifting while using Electronic Range Select (ERS), the vehicle could be damaged. Always upshift when necessary while using ERS.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 16

Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual Mode, allows for the selection of the range of gear positions. Use this mode when driving downhill or towing a trailer to limit the top gear and vehicle speed. The shift position indicator within the Driver

Information Center (DIC) will display a number next to the L indicating the highest available gear.

To enter Electronic Range Select or Manual Mode:

  1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), press the L (Low) button.
  2. Tap the left steering wheel control to reduce the highest gear available, or the right control to increase the highest gear

To exit Electronic Range Select, pull the D (Drive) switch on the center console.

When shifting to L (Low), the transmission will shift to a preset lower gear range. For this preset range, the highest gear available will be displayed next to the L in the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC). All gears below that number are available to use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are shifted automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel control or shift into D (Drive).

L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear range if the engine speed is too high. If the vehicle speed is not reduced within the time allowed, the lower gear range shift will not be completed. Slow the vehicle, then tap the left steering wheel control to the desired lower gear range.

Cruise control can be used while in ERS.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel Drive
Vehicles with this feature can operate in AWD Mode.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 17

Press the button to select All-Wheel Drive (AWD).

The AWD Mode will stay selected until the mode is changed. See Driver Mode Control page 215.

When operated in FWD, the vehicle will deliver power to the front wheels only and may provide better fuel economy.

When using a compact spare tire on an AWD vehicle, the system automatically detects the compact spare and reduces AWD performance to protect the system. To restore full AWD operation and prevent excessive wear on the system, replace the compact spare with a full-size tire as soon as possible. See Compact Spare Tire page 308.

Brakes

Antilock Brake System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps prevent a braking skid and maintain steering while braking hard.

ABS performs a system check when the vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor or clicking noise may be heard while this test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 18

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light page 109.

ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS operate is normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help even more than braking.

Electric Parking Brake

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 19

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case of insufficient electrical power, the EPB cannot be applied or released. To prevent draining the battery, avoid unnecessary repeated cycles of the EPB.

The system has a red parking brake status light and an amber service parking brake warning light. See Electric Parking Brake Light page 108 and Service Electric Parking Brake Light page 108. There are also parking brake-related Driver Information Center (DIC) messages.

Before leaving the vehicle, check the red parking brake status light to ensure that the parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

  1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete
  2. Press the EPB switch

The red parking brake status light will flash and then stay on once the EPB is fully applied. If the red parking brake status light flashes continuously, then the EPB is only partially applied or there is a problem with the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release the EPB and try to apply it again. If the light does not come on, or keeps flashing, have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if the red parking brake status light is flashing. See your dealer.

If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light remains on. If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long as the switch is pressed. If the switch is pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB in some situations when the vehicle is not moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of the EPB system, or at the request of other safety functions that utilize the EPB.

If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear wheels to prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

  1. Turn the ignition on or to accessory mode.
  2. Apply and hold the brake
  3. Press the EPB switch

The EPB is released when the red parking brake status light is off.

If the amber service parking brake warning light is on, release the EPB by pressing and holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the switch until the red parking brake status light is off. If either light stays on after release is attempted, see your dealer.

Caution
Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving.

If you are towing a trailer and parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips page 245.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release if the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration when the EPB is applied, to preserve parking brake lining life.

Brake Assist

Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal applications due to emergency braking situations and provides additional braking to activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement during this time may occur. Continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages when the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does not replace the need to pay attention and drive safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by this system. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving page 188.

When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the accelerator pedal is not applied within a few minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will apply. The brakes may also release under other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle is facing uphill in a forward gear, or when facing downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA to activate.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), an electronic stability control system. These systems help limit wheel slip and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any of the drive wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this happens, TCS applies the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle senses a difference between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the intended path.
If cruise control is being used and TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on when cruise control is set.
Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. The systems may be heard or felt while they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both systems on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck page 196 and “Turning the Systems Off and On” later in this section.

uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59

The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will:

  • Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin .
  • Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated .
  • Turn on and stay on when either system is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

  1. Stop the vehicle .
  2. Turn the engine off and wait 15
  3. Start the engine .
  4. Drive the vehicle .

If d comes on and stays on, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged.

TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC are turned off and on using the Driver Information Center (DIC) controls. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115 and Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99 for instructions on navigating the cluster menus.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 20

To turn Traction (TCS) or StabiliTrak (ESC) off and on, access the Traction and Stability display from the Options application.
The current status of each system is displayed next to the Traction and Stability icons. To turn either system off or on, select Menu to access the Traction and Stability menu screen.
To turn TCS off, select Traction Off from the menu. The Traction Off Light i displays in the instrument cluster. See Traction Off Light page 110.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin, the TCS will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn TCS back on, select Traction On from the menu

Select Stability from the Traction and Stability menu to access the Stability Menu.
To turn StabiliTrak/ESC off, select Stability Off from the menu. The StabiliTrak Off Light g will display in the instrument cluster. See StabiliTrak OFF Light page 110.
TCS cannot be on when StabiliTrak/ESC is off. If TCS is on when StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off, both systems will turn off.|To turn StabiliTrak/ESC back on, select Stability On from the menu. TCS will remain off.
To turn both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC back on, select Traction On from the Traction and Stability menu and both systems will be turned back on.
Adding accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications page 258.

Driver Mode Control

Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver to adjust the overall driving experience by selecting different modes. These modes will then adjust multiple systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive mode availability and affected vehicle subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim level, region, and optional features.

If the vehicle is in Tour Mode or AWD Mode it will stay in that mode through future ignition cycles. If the vehicle is in any other mode, it will return to the Tour Mode when the vehicle is restarted. When each mode is selected, a unique and persistent indicator will be displayed in the instrument cluster.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 21

MODE Switch

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 22

AWD Mode Switch
To activate each mode, press the MODE switch on the instrument panel.

Modes

Tour Mode
Use for normal city and highway driving to provide a smooth ride. This setting provides balance between comfort and handling.

There is no persistent indicator in the instrument cluster for this mode.

Sport Mode
Use where road conditions or personal preference demand a more controlled response. Sport Mode improves vehicle handling and acceleration on dry pavement.
When active, Sport Mode modifies AWD torque, steering, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Traction Control System (TCS), and suspension tuning, if equipped.

AWD Mode
AWD provides torque to all four wheels. Pressing the AWD Mode switch will select AWD Mode. The AWD light will flash briefly while the system is engaging and stay on to indicate AWD is active. AWD Mode can be turned on and off independently of other modes. Select AWD Mode to improve traction and control on slippery road surfaces, such as gravel, sand, wet pavement, snow, and ice. For more information on AWD, see All-Wheel Drive page 210.

Tow/Haul Mode
This mode will automatically activate AWD, if available. The transmission holds lower gears longer before shifting to provide more torque necessary when towing heavy loads.

This will also increase fuel consumption. Tow/Haul Mode also modifies, steering, ESC, TCS, and suspension tuning, if equipped. Use this mode to assist in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.

This helps prevent the brakes from overheating. For more information, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311.

Cruise Control
With cruise control the vehicle can maintain a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).

Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with the Traction Control System (TCS), the system may begin to limit wheel spin while you are using cruise control. If this happens, the cruise control will automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 233. When road conditions allow you to safely use it again, cruise control can be turned back on.

Cruise control will disengage if either TCS or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is turned off.
If the brakes are applied, cruise control disengages.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 23

Press to turn cruise control on or off. A white indicator comes on in the instrument cluster.

RES+ : If there is a set speed in memory, press the control up briefly to resume to that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already engaged, use to increase vehicle speed.

SET− : Press the control down briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control.

If cruise control is already engaged, use to decrease vehicle speed.

Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.

The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.

Setting Cruise Control
If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or RES+ could get pressed and go into cruise when not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not being used.

  1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system
  2. Get to the speed
  3. Press and release SET− . The desired set speed briefly appears in the instrument
  4. Take your foot off the accelerator

The cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster turns green after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99.

Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied or * is pressed, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The vehicle returns to the previously set speed.

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control

Do one of the following:

  • Press and hold RES+ up until the vehicle accelerates to the desired speed, then release it.
  • To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ up briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control

Do one of the following:

  • Press and hold SET− down until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.
  • To slow down in small increments, press SET− down briefly. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
  • Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise ControlUse the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previously set cruise speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly pressing SET− will result in cruise set to the current vehicle speed.Using Cruise Control on HillsHow well the cruise control will work on hills depends upon the vehicle speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. When going downhill, you might have to brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, cruise control will disengage.Ending Cruise Control

    There are four ways to end cruise control:

    • Step lightly on the brake
    • Press *.
    • Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).
    • To turn off cruise control, press 5.

    Erasing Speed Memory
    The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is turned off.

    Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced)If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it allows for selecting the cruise control set speed and following gap. Read this entire section before using this system. ACC uses a camera and radar sensor(s) to detect other vehicles. See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

    The following gap is the following time (or distance) between your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly ahead in your path, moving in the same direction. If no vehicle is detected in your path, ACC works like regular cruise control.

    If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can speed up the vehicle or apply limited, moderate braking to maintain the selected following gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. If the Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system activates while ACC is engaged, ACC may automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC can be turned back on.

    Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage and prevent engagement.

    of ACC
    ACC can reduce the need for you to frequently brake and accelerate, especially when used on expressways, freeways, and interstate highways. When used on other roads, you may need to take over the control of braking or acceleration more often.

    ACC automatically slows the vehicle down while navigating the curve and may increase speed out of the curve, but will not exceed the set speed.

  • Warning
    ACC has limited braking ability and may not have time to slow the vehicle down enough to avoid a collision with another vehicle you are following. This can occur when vehicles suddenly slow or stop ahead, or enter your lane. Also see
    “Alerting the Driver” in this section.
  • Complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 188.

Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for children, pedestrians, animals, or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:

  • On winding and hilly roads or when the sensors are blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of the vehicle clean.
  • Visibility is low, such as in fog, rain, or snow conditions. ACC performance is limited under these conditions.
  • On slippery roads where fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip.
  • When towing a trailer.
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 24uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator turns white on the instrument cluster when ACC is turned on.RES+ : Press briefly to resume to a previous set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To increase speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold RES+.SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if ACC is already activated. To decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold SET–.
  • Press to disengage ACC without erasing the selected set speed.Press to select a following gap time (or distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise ControlTo switch between ACC and regular cruise control, press and hold *. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message displays.
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 25
  • ACC Indicator
  • uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61
  • Regular Cruise Control Indicator
  • When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster. When the regular cruise control is engaged, a green J indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster; the following gap will not display.It is recommended to switch from ACC to regular cruise control only, when there are no vehicles ahead of your vehicle.When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise control mode will be set to the last mode used before the vehicle was turned off.

Warning
Always check the cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster to determine which mode cruise control is in before using the feature. If ACC is not active, the vehicle will not automatically brake for other vehicles, which could cause a crash if the brakes are not applied manually. You and others could be seriously injured or killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
Ifuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61 is on when not in use, it could get pressed and go into ACC when not desired. Keep uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61 off when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is the vehicle speed when no vehicle is detected in its path.
While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set at a speed less than 25 km/h (15 mph), although it can be resumed when driving at lower speeds. The minimum allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph).

To set ACC while moving:

  1. Press uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61.
  2.  Get up to the desired speed.
  3. Press and release SET–.
  4. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

After ACC is set, it may immediately apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected closer than the selected following gap.

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 25

ACC can also be set while the vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is applied.

The ACC indicator displays on the instrument cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the indicator will be lit white. When ACC is active, the indicator will turn green.

Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding traffic speeds, and weather conditions when selecting the set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed
If ACC is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up briefly.

    • If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), it returns to the previous set speed .
    • If the vehicle is stopped with the brake pedal applied, press RES+ and release the brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is

Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed under the following conditions:

  • There is no vehicle
  • The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap.
  • The vehicle speed is not being limited because of a sharp turn.

Increasing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

  • Use the accelerator to get to the higher Briefly press and release SET– and release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed.

When the accelerator pedal is pressed, ACC will not brake because it is overridden. While overridden, the ACC indicator will turn blue on the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped.

  • Press and hold up RES+ until the desired set speed is displayed, then release it.
    • To increase vehicle speed in small increments, press RES+ For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.
    • To increase vehicle speed in larger increments, hold RES+. While holding RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.
  • The set speed can also be increased while the vehicle is stopped.
    • If stopped with the brake applied, press RES+ until the desired set speed is
    • If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and there is another vehicle directly ahead, pressing RES+ will increase the set speed.
    • Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is pulling away and the brake is not applied will cause the ACC to resume.

    When it is determined that there is no vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap, then the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

  • Use the brake to get to the desired lower Release the brake and press SET–. The vehicle will now cruise at the lower speed.
  • Press and hold SET– until the desired lower speed is reached, then release
  • To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller increments, press SET− For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
  • To decrease the vehicle speed in larger increments, hold SET−. While holding SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time.

The set speed can also be decreased while the vehicle is stopped.

  • If stopped with the brake applied, press or hold SET− until the desired set speed is displayed.
  • Selecting the Follow Distance GapWhen a slower moving vehicle is detected ahead within the selected following gap, ACC will adjust the vehicle’s speed and attempt to maintain the follow distance gap selected.Press on the steering wheel to adjust the following gap. Each press cycles the gap button through three settings: Far, Medium, or Near.When pressed, the current gap setting displays briefly on the instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will be maintained until it is changed.Since each gap setting corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the following distance will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the further back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following gap. The range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.

    Changing the gap setting automatically changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 233.

    Alerting the Driver

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 26
  • If ACC is engaged, driver action may be required when ACC cannot apply sufficient braking because of approaching a vehicle too rapidly.When this condition occurs, the collision alert symbol will flash on the windshield. Either eight beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection Systems”. See Defensive Driving page 188.Approaching and Following a Vehicle
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60
  • The vehicle ahead indicator is on the instrument cluster and HUD display (if equipped). It only displays when a vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path moving in the same direction. If this symbol is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or brake for vehicles ahead.ACC automatically slows the vehicle down and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a detected vehicle ahead at the selected following gap. The vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow a detected vehicle in front of your vehicle when that vehicle is traveling slower than your vehicle set speed. It may apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake lamps will come on. The automatic braking may feel or sound different than if the brakes were applied manually. This is normal.
  • Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC
    If the set speed is high enough, and the left turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead in the selected following gap, ACC may assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle prior to the lane change

Warning
When using ACC to pass a vehicle or perform a lane change, the following distance to the vehicle being passed may be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient acceleration or braking when passing a vehicle or performing a lane change. Always be ready to manually accelerate or brake to complete the pass or lane change.

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects

  • Warning
    ACC may not detect and react to stopped or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For example, the system may not brake for a vehicle it has never detected moving. This can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may not stop and could cause a crash. Use caution when using ACC. Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes.

Irregular Objects Affecting ACC
ACC may have difficulty detecting the following objects:

  • Vehicles with cargo extending from the back end.
  • Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car fitted, or horse carriages.
  • Objects that are close to the front of your vehicle .

ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage and you will need to manually apply the brakes to slow the vehicle if:

  • The sensors are blocked .
  • The Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or been disabled.
  • There is a fault in the system .
  • The radar falsely reports blockage when driving in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles or roadside objects.
  • A DIC message may display to indicate that ACC is temporarily unavailable.

The ACC active symbol will turn white when ACC is no longer active.

In some cases, when ACC is temporarily unavailable, regular cruise control may be used. See “Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” in this section.

Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system.

Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a following gap behind a detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a stop behind that vehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to check traffic ahead before proceeding. In addition, the left and right sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times,

or three beeps will sound. Touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of

available options and select ”Alert Type” and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in “Collision/ Detection Systems”.

When the vehicle ahead drives away, ACC resumes automatically if the stop was brief. If necessary, press RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes or if the driver door is opened and the driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC automatically applies the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB status light will turn on.

See Electric Parking Brake page 211. To release the EPB, press the accelerator pedal.

A DIC warning message may display indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting the vehicle.

Warning
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. The vehicle can move. When ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop, always be prepared to manually apply the brakes.

Leaving the vehicle without placing it in P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave the vehicle while it is being held at a stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in P (Park) and turn off the ignition before leaving the vehicle.

ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the instrument cluster and in the HUD, if equipped, to indicate that automatic braking will not occur. ACC will resume operation when the accelerator pedal is not being pressed.

Warning
The ACC will not automatically apply the brakes if your foot is resting on the accelerator pedal. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you.

Curves in the Road

Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead in your lane. You could be startled if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, especially when following a vehicle exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary.

Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle in another lane, or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp.

ACC automatically slows the vehicle down while navigating the curve and may increase speed out of the curve, but will not exceed the set speed.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 27

When following a vehicle and entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and accelerate to the set speed. When this happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not appear.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 28

ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brake .

ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ or braking that is considered unnecessary.
It could respond to vehicles in different lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve.
This is normal operation. The vehicle does not need service.

Other Vehicle Lane change .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 29

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it is completely in the lane. The brake may need to be manually applied.

Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle

The detection of objects in front of the vehicle may not be possible if:

  • The vehicle or object ahead is not within your lane.
  • The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, or is shifted to one side of the lane.

 

Driving in Narrow Lanes
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside objects may be incorrectly detected when located along the roadway.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Trailer

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 30

Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep hills. The driver will often need to take over acceleration and braking on steep hills, especially when towing a trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC
There are three ways to disengage ACC:

  • Step lightly on the brake
  • Press *.
  • Pressuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual61

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off.

Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
System operation may be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.

Accessory Installations and Vehicle Modifications
Do not install or place any object around the front camera windshield area that would obstruct the front camera view.

Do not install objects on top of the vehicle that overhang and obstruct the front camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other items that can be transported on a roof rack system. See Roof Rack System page 87.

Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability to detect an object.

Cleaning the Sensing System
The radar sensor on the front of the vehicle can become blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly.

If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control may be available. See “Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously in this section. Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system.

For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care page 314.

Driver Assistance Systems

This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using these systems.

Warning
Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by these systems. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving page 188.

Under many conditions, these systems will not:

  • Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.
    Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system.
    Work at all driving speeds.
  • Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash.
  • Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions.
  • Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
  • Work if the detection sensor is covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate.
  • Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not properly repaired.
  • Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Comfort and Convenience”.

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of beeping. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/ Detection Systems”.

Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best driver assistance feature performance. Driver Information Center (DIC) messages may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 31 Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 32

  • Front and rear bumpers and the area
  • below the bumpers
  • Front grille and headlamps
  • Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem .
  • Front side and rear side panels
  • Outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror
  • Side camera lens on the bottom of the outside mirrors
  • Rear side corner bumpers
  • Rear Vision Camera above the license plate

Radio Frequency
This vehicle may be equipped with driver assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) displays an image of the area behind the vehicle in the infotainment display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive ).

  1. Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 33
  2. View Displayed by the CameraBuick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 34View Displayed by the Camera
  3. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display.

A warning triangle may appear on the infotainment display to show that Rear Park Assist (RPA) or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber to red and increases in size the closer the object.

Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Surround Vision System

If equipped, Surround Vision shows an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with the front or rear camera views on the infotainment display. The front camera is in the grille or near the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate.

The Surround Vision system can be accessed by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment display or when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen sooner, when not in R (Reverse) press Home or Back on the infotainment system, shift  into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive).

Warning
The Surround Vision cameras have blind spots and will not display all objects near the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside mirrors that are out of position may not display surround view correctly. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 35

  1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
  2. Area Not Shown

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 36

  1. Views Displayed by the Surround Vision Cameras
  2. Area Not Shown

Warning
The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Camera Views

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 37

Touch the camera view buttons along the bottom of the infotainment display. Available views will differ depending on vehicle options.

Front/Rear Standard View : Displays an image of the area in front or behind the vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touching the button multiple times will toggle between front and rear camera views.

If equipped, the front view camera also displays when the Park Assist system detects an object within 30 cm (12 in).

Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a Front or Rear Overhead View of the vehicle.

Touching the button will toggle between the two views.

Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays a view that shows objects next to the front or rear sides of the vehicle. Touch Side Forward/Rearward View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active.

Touching the button multiple times will toggle between forward and rearward views. Park Assist and RCTA overlays are not available when Side Forward/Rearward View is active.

Hitch View : Assists while connecting to a trailer. Displays a zoomed-in view of the hitch to help align the vehicle’s hitch ball with the trailer coupler. Shifting into P (Park) while in this view will automatically engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB).

Guidance Lines : Displays available guidelines. The horizontal markings represent distance from the vehicle.

Top Down View : Displays an image of the area surrounding the vehicle, along with other views in the infotainment display. Top Down can be enabled or disabled by touching the Top Down View button multiple times.

Hitch Guidance
If equipped, this feature displays a single, centered guideline on the camera display to assist with aligning a vehicle’s hitch ball with a trailer coupler. Select the trailer guidance line button, then align the trailer guidance line over the trailer coupler.

Continuously steer the vehicle to keep the guidance line centered on the coupler when backing. RVC Park Assist overlays will not display when the trailer guidance line is active. Hitch Guidance is only available in Standard View.

To check the trailer when in a forward gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display to view the rear camera. Touch X to exit the view or it will be removed automatically after eight second .

Warning
Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to briefly check the status of your trailer. Do not use for any other purpose, such as making lane change decisions. Before making a lane change, always check the mirrors and glance over your shoulder. Improper use could result in serious injury to you or others.

Park Assist
|The vehicle may be equipped with Front and Rear Park Assist (FRPA). Under certain conditions, the Park Assist system can assist the driver during backing and parking maneuvers when the vehicle is driven at no more than 9 km/h (6 mph). An illuminated indicator in the Park Assist button indicates the system is ready.

Sensors located in the bumpers measure the distance between the vehicle and objects using sonar technology. These sensors are designed to detect certain objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of your vehicle that are taller than 25 cm (10 in).

Different environmental conditions may affect whether and how far the Park Assist system can detect objects. Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in freezing temperatures. Sensors that are not clean may not detect objects or may cause the system to alert when not required .

Warning
The Park Assist System is no substitute for careful and attentive driving. The Park Assist system does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects located below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 9 km/h (6 mph). To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before moving forward or backing.

How the System Works
The vehicle may have a Park
Assist amphitheatre-like display on the cluster with bars that represent the estimated location of a detected object and the vehicle’s distance from the object. As a detected object becomes closer, more bars light up and change color from yellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected in the rear, one beep will be heard from the rear, or the driver’s seat will pulse two times,
if equipped with Safety Alert Seat. When an object is very close, five beeps will sound from the front or rear (depending on the object’s location), or the driver’s seat will pulse five times. Beeps for front are higher pitched than the rear.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 38

Turning the System On and Off
The Park Assist System can be turned on or off using the infotainment system. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection Systems”.

The X button is used to turn on or off the Park Assist, which also turns on or off the Backing Warning and Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) at the same time. When the system is turned off, a system off message is shown on the display. This message disappears after a short period of time.
Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer to prevent unwanted beeps and when a bike rack is attached to ensure proper operation.
When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
If a service message displays, check the following conditions:

  • The sensors may not be clean. Keep the vehicle’s front and rear bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care page 314.
  • The Park Assist sensors may be covered by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form around and behind the sensors and may not always be seen; this can occur after washing the vehicle in cold weather. The message may not clear until the frost or ice has melted.

If a service message displays and the above conditions do not exist, take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.

If the Park Assist System does not activate due to a temporary condition, a system off message is shown on the display. This can occur under the following conditions:

  • The driver has disabled the
  • An object is currently blocking the rear sensors (for example, bike rack, tailgate, trailer hitch, etc.). Once the object is removed, Park Assist will return to normal
  • The bumper is damaged. Take the vehicle to your dealer for repairs.
  • Other conditions, such as vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck, are affecting system performance.

Rear Pedestrian Alert

If equipped, and under certain conditions, this feature can provide alerts for a pedestrian within the system’s range directly behind the vehicle. This feature only works in R (Reverse) below 12 km/h (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up to 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driving. During nighttime driving, feature performance is very limited .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 39

Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator

When a pedestrian is detected within the system’s range directly behind the vehicle, this symbol flashes amber on the infotainment display, along with five beeps from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses from both sides of the driver seat. When a pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, the symbol flashes red on the infotainment display, along with ten beeps from the rear, or if equipped, seven pulses from both sides of the driver seat .

Warning
Rear Pedestrian Alert does not automatically brake the vehicle. It also does not provide an alert unless it detects a pedestrian, and it may not detect all pedestrians if:

  • The pedestrian is not directly behind the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), or standing
  • The pedestrian is part of a group.
  • The pedestrian is a child.
  • Visibility is poor, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
  • The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
  • The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps are not cleaned or in proper working condition .
  • The vehicle is not in R (Reverse).

To help avoid death or injury, always check for pedestrians around the vehicle before backing up. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 188. Keep the RVC, taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in good repair.

Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or Alert. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Rear Pedestrian Detection.

If equipped, alerts can be set to beeps or seat pulses. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Alert Type.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) System
If equipped, Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) displays a red warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow on the infotainment display to warn of traffic coming from the left or right. This system detects objects

coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of the vehicle. When an object is detected, either three beeps sound from the left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur on the left or right side, depending on the direction of the detected vehicle.

Driving With a Trailer
Use caution while backing up when towing a trailer. The RCTA feature is automatically disabled when a trailer is attached to the vehicle.

Turning the Features On or Off
The X button on the center console is used to turn on or off Rear Park Assist (RPA) and RCTA at the same time. The indicator light in the button comes on when the features are on and turns off when the features have been disabled.

RCTA can be turned on or off using the infotainment system. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection Systems”.

Assistance Systems for Driving
If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to avoid a crash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may help to avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following another vehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can detect vehicles to distances of approximately 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds.

See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) page 218.

Warning
FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle too closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving page 188.

FCA can be disabled through vehicle settings. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/ Detection Systems

Detection Systems

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60
  • FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane.

Warning

  • FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual40

With Head-Up Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 26

Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed.

Tailgating Alert

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 60
  • The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a vehicle ahead too closely.
  • Selecting the Alert Timing

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual41

The Collision Alert control is on the steering wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press shows the current setting on the DIC. Additional button presses will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed and will affect the timing of both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indicator
The following distance to a moving vehicle ahead in your path is indicated in following time in seconds on the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115. The minimum following time is seconds away. If there is no vehicle detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out of sensor range, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, this may correct the issue:

  • Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror.
  • Clean the entire front of the vehicle .
  • Clean the headlamps.

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
If equipped, the AEB system may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. AEB also includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when driving in a forward gear. Depending on the situation,

the vehicle may automatically brake moderately or hard. This automatic emergency braking can only occur if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 233.

The system works when driving in a forward gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to approximately  60 m (197 ft).

Warning
AEB is an emergency crash preparation feature and is not designed to avoid crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its operating speed range and only responds to detected vehicles.
AEB may not:

  • Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or hilly roads.
    Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles with a trailer, tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.
  • Detect a vehicle when weather limits visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.
    Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this happens, AEB may engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the accelerator pedal .

Warning
AEB may automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could respond to a turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, and other non-moving objects. To override AEB, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake pedal is applied quickly by providing a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to a vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the brake pedal should continue to be applied as needed. IBA will automatically disengage only when the brake pedal is released.

Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking in situations when it may not be necessary. You could block the flow of traffic. If this occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal and then apply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle settings. To view available settings for this feature, touch the Settings icon on the infotainment home page. Select “Vehicle” to display the list of available options and select “Collision/Detection system.

Warning
Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.

A system unavailable message may display if:

  • The front of the vehicle or windshield is not clean.
  • Heavy rain or snow is interfering with object detection.
  • There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system.

The AEB system does not need service.

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System

If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes with nearby pedestrians when driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an amber indicator, ~, when a nearby pedestrian is detected ahead. When approaching a detected pedestrian too quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) system may also respond to pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) page 235.
The FPB system can detect and alert to pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h
(50 mph). During daytime driving, the system detects pedestrians up to a distance of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During nighttime driving, system performance is very limited.

Warning
FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, unless it detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children:

  • When the pedestrian is not directly ahead, fully visible, or standing upright, or when part of a group.
  • Due to poor visibility, including nighttime conditions, fog, rain, or snow.
  • If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice.
    If the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition.
    Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. For more information, see Defensive Driving page 188. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor clean and in good repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake through vehicle settings. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/ Detection Systems.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62

FPB alerts and automatic braking will not occur unless the FPB system detects a pedestrian. When a pedestrian that may

enter the vehicle’s forward path is detected, the pedestrian ahead indicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 62

With Head-Up Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 26

Without Head-Up Display

When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration.

Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.

Automatic Braking
If FPB detects it is about to crash into a pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes have not been applied, FPB may automatically brake moderately or brake hard. This can help to avoid some very low speed pedestrian crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).

Automatic braking levels may be reduced under certain conditions, such as higher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Braking may engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. A firm press of the accelerator pedal will also release Automatic Braking and the EPB.

Warning
FPB may alert or automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could falsely alert or brake for objects similar in shape or size to pedestrians, including shadows. This is normal operation and the vehicle does not need service. To override Automatic Braking, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabled through vehicle settings. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Setting Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems > Front Pedestrian Detection.

Warning
Using the Front Pedestrian Braking system while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off when towing a trailer.

Cleaning the System
If FPB does not seem to operate properly, cleaning the outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also detected on the same side, the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, read the entire LCA section before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)
If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the corresponding outside mirror and will flash if the turn signal is on .

Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles outside of the system detection zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under all driving conditions. Failure to use proper care when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual42

  1. SBZA Detection Zone
  2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning area starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also warned of vehicles rapidly approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind the vehicle.

How the System Works
The LCA symbol lights up in the outside mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a lane change, check the LCA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual43

Left Outside Mirror Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual62

Right Outside Mirror Display

When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to indicate the system is operating. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right outside mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in the next lane over in that blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone. If the turn signal is activated in the same direction as a detected vehicle, this display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled. When you disable LCA, Side Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. To view available settings from the infotainment screen, touch Settings > Vehicle > Collision/Detection Systems. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
The LCA system requires some driving for the system to calibrate to maximum performance. This calibration may occur more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a straight highway road with traffic and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out to either side of the vehicle. Attached objects may also interfere with the detection of vehicles. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver to vehicles in the next lane over, especially in wet conditions or when driving on sharp curves. The system does not need to be serviced. The system may light up due to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care page 314. If the DIC still displays the system unavailable message after cleaning both sides of the vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see your dealer.
If the LCA displays do not light up when moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or are rapidly approaching this zone and the system is clean, the system may need service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. This system uses a camera to detect lane markings. The LKA can be ready to assist at speeds between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph). On some vehicles, the system will instead operate above 50 km/h (31 mph). LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. This system is not intended to keep the vehicle centered in the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if it detects that you are accelerating, braking or actively steering. LKA can be overridden by turning the steering wheel. If the system detects you are steering intentionally across a lane marker, the LDW may not be given. Do not expect the LDW to occur when you are intentionally crossing a lane marker.

Warning
The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. It may not keep the vehicle in the lane or give a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems may not:

  • Provide an alert or enough steering assist to avoid a lane departure or crash.
  • Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice; if they are not in proper condition; or if the sun shines directly into the camera.
  • Detect road edges.
    Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.
  • If LKA only detects lane markings on one side of the road, it will only assist or provide an LDW alert when approaching the lane on the side where it has detected a lane marking. Even with LKA and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. Always keep your attention on the road and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LKA in bad weather conditions or on roads with unclear lane markings, such as construction zones.

Warning
Using LKA on slippery roads could cause loss of control of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the system off.

LKA will not alert the driver if a towed trailer crosses into an adjacent lane of travel. Serious injury or property damage may occur if the trailer moves into another lane. Always monitor the trailer position while towing to make sure it is within the same lane as the tow vehicle.

  • How the System WorksLKA uses a camera sensor installed on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to detect lane markings. It may provide brief steering assist if it detects an unintended lane departure. It may further provide an audible alert or the driver seat may pulse indicating that a lane marking has been crossed. The system does not provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when intentionally steering across a lane marker.To turn LKA on and off, pressBuick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60on the center stack. If equipped, the indicator light on the button comes on when LKA is on and turns off when LKA is disabled. In some vehicles a long press of over three seconds is required to turn LKA off.
  • When on, Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60 is white, if equipped, indicating that the system is not ready to assist. A is green if LKA is ready to assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60 is amber when assisting. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60amber if the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking. Additionally, there may be three beeps, or the driver seat may pulse three times, on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction.Take SteeringThe LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active driver steering, an alert and chime may be provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA may become temporarily unavailable after repeated take steering alerts.
    When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly

    The system performance may be affected by:

    • Close vehicles
    • Sudden lighting changes, such as when driving through tunnels.
    • Banked
    • Roads with poor lane markings, such as two-lane roads.

    If the LKA system is not functioning properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help.

    A camera blocked message may display if the camera is blocked. Some driver assistance systems may have reduced performance or not work at all. An LKA or LDW unavailable message may display if the systems are temporarily unavailable. This message could be due to a blocked camera. The LKA system does not need service. Clean the outside of the windshield behind the rearview mirror.

    LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, temporary or construction lane markings, or other road imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue.

Fuel

Top Tier Fuel

GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers and applicable countries.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual 44

Recommended Fuel

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual45

Regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating (R+M)/2 of 87 or greater is recommended. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than 87, as this will result in reduced performance and driveability. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 87 or greater, the engine needs service.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume.

Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty:

  • For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
  • Fuel with any amount of methanol, methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These fuels can corrode metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber
  • Fuel containing metals such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage the emissions control system and spark plugs.
  • Fuel with a posted octane rating of less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst.

Fuels in Foreign Countries

The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a foreign country, see Prohibited Fuels page 243.

Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly recommended for use with your vehicle. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and performing optimally.

Filling the Tank
An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge page 101

Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death.
Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others:

  • Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island.
  • Turn off the engine when refueling.
    Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
    Do not leave the fuel pump unattended.
    Avoid using electronic devices while refueling.
    Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel.
    Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel.
  • Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a metallic object to discharge static electricity from your body.
  • Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop before beginning to flow fuel.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual46

To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door.
The capless refueling system does not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.

Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause:

  1. Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system.
  2. Fuel spills.
  3. Under certain conditions, fuel fires.
  4. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care page 314. Push the fuel door closed until it latches.

Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable fuel container .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual47

  1. Locate the capless funnel adapter from the rear cargo area under the load floor tray.
  2. Insert and latch the funnel into the capless fuel system.
    Warning
    Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel container without using the funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage and damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged.
  3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return it to the storage location

Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. To help avoid injury to you and others:

  • Dispense fuel only into approved containers.
  • Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, in a pickup bed, or on any surface other than the ground.
  • Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle. Maintain contact until filling is complete.
  • Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.
    Avoid using electronic devices while pumping fuel.

Trailer Towing

General Towing Information
Only use towing equipment that has been designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer or trailering dealer for assistance with preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the entire section before towing a trailer.

To tow a disabled vehicle, see Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing page 312.

Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips

Warning
You can lose control when towing a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly. For example, if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load, the vehicle may not stop as expected. You and others could be seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.

The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Read this section carefully before pulling a trailer.

When towing a trailer:

  • Become familiar with and follow all state and local laws that apply to trailer These requirements vary from state to state.
  • State laws may require the use of extended side view mirrors. If your visibility is limited or restricted while towing, install extended side view mirrors, even if not required.
  • Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent damage to the engine, axle, or other parts.
  • GM recommends performing an oil change to the vehicle before heavy.
  • Do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not make starts at full throttle during the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer
  • Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). If the transmission downshifts too often, a lower gear may be selected using Manual Mode. See Manual Mode page 210.

If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned off when towing a trailer:

  • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
  • Super Cruise Control
  • Park Assist
  • Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
  • Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB)

If equipped, the following driver assistance features should be turned to alert or off when towing a trailer:

  • Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)
  • Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
  • Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)

If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), the LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a trailer.

If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed.

Warning
To prevent serious injury or death from carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a trailer:

Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most window open.
Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.
Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air. See “Climate Control Systems” in the Index.

For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust page 206.

Towing a trailer requires experience. The combination of the vehicle and trailer is longer and not as responsive as the vehicle itself. Get used to the handling and braking of the combination by driving on a level road surface before driving on public roads.

The trailer structure, the tires, and the brakes must be all be rated to carry the intended cargo. Inadequate trailer equipment can cause the combination to operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See Towing Equipment page 252. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination moving and then manually apply the trailer brake controller to check the trailer brakes work. During the trip, occasionally check that the cargo and trailer are secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are working.

Towing with a Stability Control System
When towing, the stability control system might be heard. The system reacts to vehicle movement caused by the trailer, which mainly occurs during cornering. This is normal when towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as quickly and is much longer than the vehicle alone. It is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid passing on hills if possible.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. To move the trailer to the left, move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move that hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider arcs when towing a trailer to prevent damage to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns could cause the trailer to contact the vehicle.

Make wider turns than normal when towing, so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, or other objects. Always signal turns well in advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly.

Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downhill grade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes may overheat and result in reduced braking efficiency.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

When towing at higher altitudes, engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at lower altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle could show signs similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run, preferably on level ground, with the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. If the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating page 268.

Warning
To prevent serious injury or death, always park your vehicle and trailer on a level surface when possible.

When parking your vehicle and your trailer on a hill:

  1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill.
  2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.
  3. When the wheel chocks are in place, gradually release the brake pedal to allow the chocks to absorb the load of the trailer.
  4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the parking brake and shift into P (Park).
  5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

  1. Apply and hold the brake pedal:
    • Start the engine.
    • Shift into the desired gear.
    • Release the parking brake.
  2. Let up on the brake pedal.
  3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
  4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

Maintenance When Trailer Towing
The vehicle needs service more often when used to tow trailers. See Maintenance Schedule page 324. It is especially important to check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake system before and during each trip.

Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch are tight.

Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing
The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions. See Engine Overheating page 268.

Trailer Towing
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer correctly, follow the directions in this section and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

Trailer Weight
Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity for your vehicle.

Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, dimensions of the front of the trailer, and how frequently the vehicle is used to tow a trailer.

Trailer Weight Ratings
When towing a trailer, the combined weight of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and trailer contents must be below all of the maximum weight ratings for the vehicle including:

  • Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
  • Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
  • Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
  • Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear (GAWR-RR)
  • Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating

See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment” under Towing Equipment page 252 to determine if equalizer bars are required to obtain the maximum trailer weight rating.

See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Equipment page 252 to determine if brakes are required based on the trailer weight.

The only way to be sure the weight is not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded for the trip, getting individual weights for each of these items.

Warning
You and others could be seriously injured or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. The vehicle may be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer.

Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)

GCWR is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any fuel, passengers, cargo, equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart following.

To check that the weight of the vehicle and trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, follow these steps:

  1. Start with the “curb weight” from the Trailering Information Label.
  2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with cargo and ready for the trip.
  3. Add the weight of all
  4. Add the weight of all cargo in the
  5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, or sway bars.
  6. Add the weight of any accessories or aftermarket equipment added.

The resulting weight cannot exceed the GCWR value shown on the Trailering Information Label.

The gross combined weight can also be confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer on a public scale. The truck and trailer should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo .

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual48

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle’s maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load Limits page 196. When calculating the GVWR with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the weight the vehicle is carrying.

Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a driver, a front seat passenger, and all required trailering equipment. This value represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce the trailer weight to stay within the GCW, GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle.

Use the tow rating chart to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model, powertrain and trailering option .

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR
Front-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 3 050 kg (6,725 lb)
Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 650 kg (10,250 lb)
All-Wheel Drive 680 kg (1,500 lb) 3 200 kg (7,055 lb)
All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 750 kg (10,470 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating   is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while
still maintaining the correct trailer load balance.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual49

Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight of 226 kg (500 lb) for a conventional trailer hitch.

The trailer tongue weight contributes to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT of your vehicle, any passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum allowable tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight.

Trailer Load Balance
The correct trailer load balance must be maintained to ensure trailer stability. Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of trailer sway.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual50

The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– 15% of the loaded trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, such as boat trailers, fall outside of this range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the recommended trailer tongue weight for each trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for your vehicle, hitch and trailer.

After loading the trailer, separately weigh the trailer and then the trailer tongue and calculate the trailer load balance percentage to see if the weights and distribution are appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer weight is too high, it may be possible to transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle .

If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer.

Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle.

If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch receiver, choose a carrier that positions the load as close to the vehicle as possible.

Make sure the total weight, including the carrier, is no more than half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Ask your dealer for trailering information or assistance.

Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR-RR)
The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded for the trip including the weight of the trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before applying the weight distribution spring bars.

For additional assistance with trailering or additional information, see your dealer.

Towing Equipment
Hitches
Always use the correct hitch equipment for your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads can affect the trailer and the hitch.

Never attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches. Only use frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to the bumper.

Hitch Cover

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual51

To remove hitch cover, if equipped:

  1. Remove the two fasteners on the lower tabs.
  2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to about a 45 degree angle.
  3. Pull the cover downward to disengage the upper attachments.

To reinstall hitch cover:

  1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle and push the upper tabs into the slots in the bumper.
  2. Push the bottom of the cover forward until the lower tabs line up with the lower slots.
  3. Snap the hitch cover into place by pushing the upper corners
  4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower tabs.

Consider using mechanical sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway controls or refer to the trailer manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.

Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment

A weight-distributing hitch may be useful with some trailers.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual52

  1. Front of Vehicle
  2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributing hitch, measure the front fender height above the front axle distance (2) before and after connecting the trailer. Adjust the spring bars until the front fender height distance (2) is approximately half way between the first and second measurements.

Tires
Do not tow a trailer while using a compact spare tire on the vehicle .

  • Tires must be properly inflated to support loads while towing a trailer. See Tires page 285 for instructions on proper tire inflation.

Safety Chains
Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer, and attach the chains to the holes on the trailer hitch platform.

Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. Always leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes
Loaded trailers over 450 kg (1,000 lb) must be equipped with brake systems and with brakes for each axle. Trailer braking equipment conforming to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) requirement CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is recommended.

State or local regulations may require trailers to have their own braking system if the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds certain minimums that can vary from state to state.

Read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed, adjusted, and maintained properly.

Warning
Never attempt to tamper with the hydraulic brake system for your trailer brakes. Do not connect a trailer’s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system. If you do, both the vehicle antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may not function, which could result in a crash.

Trailer Wiring
The trailer wiring harness (if equipped), with a seven-pin connector is located at the rear of the vehicle, and it is tied to the vehicle’s frame.

Buick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual53

 

If the vehicle is not equipped with a seven-pin trailer connector, the body harness has provisions to connect a trailer harness and a seven-pin trailer connector which is available through your dealer.

Use only a round, seven-wire connector with flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 specifications for proper electrical connectivity.

1 Stop/Turn Signal Left Yellow/Blue
2 Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown
3 Reverse Lamps White/Green

The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits

4 Battery Feed Red/Green
5 Stop/Turn Signal Right Green/Brown
6 Electric Trailer Brake* Blue
7 Ground Black

Circuit powered by electric trailer brake control wiring provisions.

Electric Trailer Brake Control Wiring Provisions

Wiring provisions for an aftermarket electric trailer brake controller are included with the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring package. The harness contains the following circuits.

Electric Trailer Brakes Blue
Battery Feed Red/Green or Red/Blue
Brake Apply Signal White/Blue
Ground Black

Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake controller owner’s manual to determine wire color coding of the electric trailer brake .

controller. The wire colors on the brake controller may be different from the vehicle. The electric trailer brake controller should be installed by your dealer or a qualified service center.

If equipped, there are four blunt cut wires inside the front driver side instrument panel. It will be necessary to have a technician connect the 12-volt power to the engine compartment fuse block.

Trailer Lamps
Always check all trailer lamps are working at the beginning of each trip, and periodically on longer trips.

Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When properly connected, the trailer turn signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle is turning, changing lanes, or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the arrows on the instrument cluster will illuminate even if the trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs are burned out.

Tow/Haul Mode
For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul mode, see Driver Mode Control page 215.

Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load.

Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most effective when the vehicle and trailer combined weight is at least 75% of the vehicle’s Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). See “Weight of the Trailer” under Trailer Towing page 249.

Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load:

  • Through rolling terrain
  • In stop-and-go traffic
  • In busy parking lots

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode when lightly loaded or not towing will not cause damage; however, it is not recommended and may result in unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics and reduced fuel economy.

Trailer Sway Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, to help reduce excessive trailer sway.

If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the trailer  brake .

uick Enclave 2023 Driving and Operating User Manual59

If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.

Warning
Trailer sway can result in a crash and in serious injury or death, even if the vehicle is equipped with TSC.
If the trailer begins to sway, reduce vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. Then pull over to check the trailer and vehicle to help correct possible causes, including an improperly or overloaded trailer, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, or improperly inflated or incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing Equipment page 252 for trailer ratings and hitch setup recommendations.

Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff sidewalls to help prevent sway and to support heavy loads. These features can make it difficult to determine if the trailer tire pressures are low only based on a visual inspection.

Always check all trailer tire pressures before each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs.

Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer tire sidewall will show the week and year the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire manufacturers recommend replacing tires more than six years old.
Overloading is another leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer with more weight than the tires are designed to support. The load rating is located on the trailer tire sidewall.
Always know the maximum speed rating for the trailer tires before driving. This may be significantly lower than the vehicle tire speed rating. The speed rating may be on the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is not shown, the default trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h (65 mph).

Conversions and Add-Ons

Add-On Electrical Equipment

Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) page 106

A device connected to the DLC — such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device — may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems.

Caution
Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle’s 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle page 63 

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

The climate control buttons on the center stack and on the climate control display are used to adjust the heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 01

Center Stack Climate Controls

  1. Driver and Passenger Temperature Displays
  2. Driver and Passenger Temperature Controls
  3. Driver and Passenger Heated and Ventilated Seats (If Equipped)
  4. Fan Controls
  5. CLIMATE (Climate Control Display)
  6. MAX Defrost
  7. Recirculation
  8. Rear Window Defogger and Heated Outside Mirrors (If Equipped)
  9. ON/OFF (Power)
  10. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Climate Control Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 02

  1. Driver and Passenger Temperature Controls
  2. Fan Control
  3. Sync (Synchronized Temperature)
  4. Outside Temperature Display
  5. Recirculation
  6. Air Delivery Mode Control
  7. Auto (Automatic Operation)
  8. A/C (Air Conditioning)
  9. On/Off (Power)

The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync settings can be controlled by touching.

CLIMATE on the infotainment display Home Page or the climate button in the application tray display. A selection can then be made on the front climate control page displayed.

Climate Control Status Display

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 03

The climate control status display appears briefly when the climate controls on the center stack are adjusted. The air delivery mode can be adjusted on the climate control display.

Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls the fan speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and recirculation in order to heat or cool the vehicle to the desired temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected setting is displayed. Functions not manually set will continue to be automatically controlled, even if the AUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

  1. Press AUTO.
  2. Set the temperature. Allow the system time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature as needed for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the vehicle faster with A/C on, recirculation may be automatically selected in warm weather. Press Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 05 to select recirculation; press it again to select outside air.

Driver and Passenger Temperature
Controls :
The temperature can be adjusted separately for the driver and the passenger. Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the driver or passenger temperature setting.

The driver and passenger temperatures can also be adjusted by touching the controls on the climate control display.

Sync : Touch Sync on the display to link all passenger settings to the driver settings. Adjust the driver side temperature control to change the linked temperature. When the passenger settings are adjusted, the Sync button is displayed and the temperatures are unlinked.

Manual Operation

CLIMATE : Press CLIMATE to show the climate control display.

ON/OFF : Press to turn the fan on or off. When off, no air will flow into the vehicle. Turning the fan on, pressing any other button, or turning a knob will turn the system back on using the current setting.

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 06Press or touch the fan controls on the center stack or the display to increase or decrease the fan speed. The fan speed setting displays.

Pressing either button cancels automatic fan control and the fan is controlled manually. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation.

Air Delivery Mode Control : When the climate information is displayed, touch Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 03  or Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 01  on the display to change the direction of airflow. Any combination of the three modes can be selected. The selected air delivery mode is lit. Pressing any mode control cancels automatic air delivery control and the direction of the airflow is controlled manually. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation.

To change the current mode, select one or more of the following:

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 03 Air is directed to the floor outlets, with some air to the windshield and side windows.

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 01Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets.

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 02Clears the windows of fog or moisture. Air is directed to the windshield.

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 04MAX : Air is directed to the windshield, the fan runs at a higher speed, and the temperature of the air is increased if not already at maximum. This mode overrides the previous mode selected and clears fog or frost from the windshield more quickly.

WhenBuick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 04 MAX is pressed again, the system returns to the previous mode setting and fan speed.

For best results, clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting.

A/C : Touch A/C on the display to turn the air conditioning on or off. If the fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not run and A/C OFF will show on the climate control display.

Touch AUTO to return to automatic operation and the air conditioner runs automatically as needed.

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 05Press to turn on recirculation. An indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle or to reduce the entry of outside air and odors.

If selected during cool or cold weather, the windshield and windows may fog. Turn off recirculation to help clear the windshield and windows.

Auto Defog : The climate control system has a sensor to automatically detect high humidity inside the vehicle. When high humidity is detected, the climate control system may adjust to outside air supply and turn on the air conditioner. The fan speed

may slightly increase to help prevent fogging. If the climate control system does not detect possible window fogging, it returns to normal operation.

To turn Auto Defog off or on, select Settings

  • Climate and Air Quality > Auto Defog > Select ON or OFF.

Ionizer: If equipped with an ionizer, this feature helps to clean the air inside the vehicle and remove contaminants such as pollen, odors, and dust. If the climate control system is on and the ionizer is enabled, Ionizer On will be displayed. To turn Auto Defog off or on, select Settings > Climate and Air Quality > Ionizer > Select ON or OFF.

Rear Window Defogger

Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on. The rear window defogger only works when the engine is running.

It turns off when the vehicle is turned off or in accessory mode.

To turn Auto Defog off or on, select Settings

  • Climate and Air Quality > Auto Rear Defog
  • Select ON or OFF. When Auto Rear Defog is selected, the rear window defogger turns
  • on automatically when the interior temperature is cold and the outside temperature is about 4 °C (40 °F) and below. The auto rear defogger turns off automatically after about 10 minutes, or after five minutes if the outside temperature is not as cold.The upper gridlines on the rear window are antenna lines and are not intended to heat when the defogger is activated.

    The heated outside mirrors turn on when the rear window defogger button is on and help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors page 28.

  • Caution
    Do not try to clear frost or other material from the inside of the front windshield and rear window with a razor blade or anything else that is sharp. This may damage the rear window defogger grid and affect the radio’s ability to pick up stations clearly. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Heated and Ventilated Seats

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 08 or Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 09 If equipped, press M or L to heat the driver or passenger seat.

If equipped, press C or { to ventilate the driver or passenger seat. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats page 42.

Remote Start Climate Control Operation : The climate control system may run when the vehicle is started remotely. If the vehicle has heated or ventilated seats, they may come on during a remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start and Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 042.

Sensors

The solar sensor, on top of the instrument panel near the windshield, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses the sensor information to adjust the temperature, fan speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode for best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the automatic climate control system may not work properly.

After blow Feature
If equipped, under certain conditions, the fan may stay on or may turn on and off several times after you turn off and lock the vehicle. This is normal.

Rear Climate Control System
The rear climate control system is on the rear of the center console storage. The settings can be adjusted with the rear climate controls and the rear climate display.

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 04

Rear Climate Display

  1. Fan Control
  2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
  3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode Control)
  4. TEMP (Temperature Control)
  5. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)

Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 05

Rear Climate Display

  1. Rear Climate Temperature Control
  2. Fan Control
  3. Outside Temperature Display
  4. Sync (Synchronized Temperatures)
  5. Rear Control Lockout
  6. Air Delivery Mode Control
  7. Auto (Automatic Operation)
  8. On/Off (Power)

Sync : Touch Sync on the rear climate display to match the rear climate control temperature to the front climate control driver temperature. The Sync button will be lit. Adjust the rear climate control temperature to change the linked temperature. The Sync button turns off.

Rear Control Lockout : Touch Buick Enclave 2023 Buick Enclave 2023 Climate Controls User Manual 12 on the rear climate display to lock or unlock control of the rear climate control system from the front seat. When locked the rear climate control system cannot be adjusted from the second row seats.

Automatic Operation

AUTO : Touch AUTO on the rear climate display to automatically control air delivery and fan speed. A is indicated in the display on the rear of the center console storage when automatic operation is active. If any of the climate control settings are manually adjusted, this cancels full automatic operation.

The display on the rear of the center console storage only indicates climate control functions when the system is in rear independent mode. When Sync is active the display is not shown.

Manual Operation

Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise or press and hold S or T on the rear climate display to increase or decrease the fan speed.

TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise or press and hold the rear climate display temperature controls to adjust the rear passenger temperature.

If Sync is lit, the rear climate temperature is linked to the driver temperature setting.

Y/6 or MODE : Touch one or both modes on the rear climate display or press MODE on the rear climate controls to change the direction of the airflow in the rear seating area. Press MODE again to deselect. Active modes will be highlighted.

If equipped, press M or L to heat the left or right outboard seat. See Heated Rear Seats page 46.

Air Vents

Use the slider switch on the air outlets to change the direction of the airflow, or to open and close off the airflow.

There are also outlets overhead in the rear passenger area; adjust as needed.

Keep all outlets open whenever possible for best system performance.

Operation Tips

  • Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that can block the flow of air into the vehicle.
  • Clear snow off the hood to improve visibility and help decrease moisture drawn into the vehicle.
  • Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system.
  • Keep the path under all seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside the vehicle more effectively.
  • If fogging reoccurs while in vent or bi-level modes with mild temperature

throughout the vehicle, turn on the air conditioner to reduce windshield fogging.

Maintenance

Passenger Compartment Air Filter
The filter reduces dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

See your dealer regarding replacement of the filter.

Service

All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual

Infotainment System

Introduction

Read the following pages to become familiar with the features.

Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for too long or too often while using any infotainment feature can cause a crash. You or others could be injured or killed. Do not give extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. Limit your glances at the vehicle displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands whenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some features when driving. These features may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment features are also available through the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls.

Before driving:

  • Become familiar with the operation, center stack controls, steering wheel controls, and infotainment display.
  • Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers.
  • Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command.

See Distracted Driving page 187.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed.

Overview

Infotainment System
The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, the controls on the center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 01

  1. Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 003(Home Page)
    • Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section.
      . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto page 164.
  2. Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 004
      •  Radio: Press and release to go to the previous station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest previous station or channel. See AM-FM Radio page 137.
      • USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or previous track. Press and hold to quickly reverse through a track.
        Release to return to playing speed. See USB Port page 141 or Bluetooth Audio page 143.
  3. Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 028 (Power)
    • Press to turn the power on.
      Press to mute/unmute the system when on.
    • Press and hold to display the power off screen or the option to display the power off screen.
    • Turn to decrease or increase the volume.
  4. Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 001
    • Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next track or strongest station or channel.
    • USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the next track. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release to return to playing speed. See USB Port page 141 or Bluetooth Audio page 143.
  5. BACK
    • . BACK may include an arrow or not next to the icon. Either way, the function is the same. Press S BACK to return to the previous display in a menu.

Home Page
The Home Page is where vehicle application icons are accessed. Some applications are disabled when the vehicle is moving.
Swipe left or right across the display to access the pages of icons.

Managing Home Page Icons

  1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page icons to enter edit mode.
  2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to the desired position.
  3. Release your finger to drop the icon in the desired position.
  4. To move an application to another page, drag the icon to the edge of the display toward the desired page.

Continue dragging and dropping application icons as desired.

Steering Wheel ControlsBuick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 02

If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 005Press to answer an incoming call or start voice recognition. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) page 161 or Bluetooth (Overview) page 160.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 006Press to reject an incoming call or end a current call. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 02

The favorite and volume switches are on the back of the steering wheel.

  1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press to select the next or previous favorite. When on a media source, press to select the next or previous track.
  2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease the volume.

Using the System
Audio
Touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, and Bluetooth.

Phone
Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) page 161 or Bluetooth (Overview) page 160.

Nav
If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display the navigation map. See Using the Navigation System page 144.

Climate
If equipped, touch the Climate icon to display the Climate main page. See Dual Automatic Climate Control System page 179.

Wi-Fi Hotspot
Touch the Wi-Fi Hotspot icon to display the Wi-Fi Hotspot information. See Settings page 166.

Users
If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in or create a new user profile, and follow the on-screen instructions.

Only four user profiles can be active at one time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to remove a profile from the menu before creating or signing into an existing profile. The removed profile can be logged into at a later time.

Settings
Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu. See Settings page 166.

Apple CarPlay
Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto page 164.

Android Auto
Touch the Android Auto icon to activate Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto page 164.

Apps
If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for download. Touch the Apps icon on the Home Page to begin.

Downloading and using in-vehicle apps requires Internet connectivity which can be accessed with a data plan through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot,

if equipped, or a compatible mobile device  hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or similar.

Availability of apps and connectivity varies by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data plan rates apply. Features are subject to change. For more information, see www.my.buick.com/learn.

OnStar Services
If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon to display the OnStar Services and Account pages. See OnStar Overview page 346.

Camera
If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing page 227.

Shortcut Tray
The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications.

Infotainment Display Features
Infotainment display features show on the display when available. When a feature is unavailable, it may gray out. When a feature is touched, it may highlight.

Haptic Feedback
If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that occurs when an icon or option is touched on the display or when controls on the center stack are pressed.

Infotainment Gestures
Use the following finger gestures to control the infotainment system.

Touch/Tap

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 03

Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change the location inside a map .

Touch and Hold

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 04

Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, or to move or delete an application.

Drag

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 05

Drag is used to move applications on the Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be  done up, down, right, or left. This feature is only available when vehicle is parked and not in motion.

Nudge

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 06

Nudge is used to move items a short distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold and move the selected item up or down to a new location.

Fling or Swipe

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 07

Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a list, pan the map, or change page views. Do this by placing a finger on the display then moving it rapidly up and down or right and left.

Spread

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 08

Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb together on the display, then move them apart.

Pinch

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 09

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move them together.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays
For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.

Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.

Software Updates

Over-the-Air Software Updates

If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings page 166 for details on software updates.

Radio

AM-FM Radio
Playing the Radio
From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page.

Choose from the three most recently used sources listed at the left side of the display or touch the More icon to display a list of available sources. Examples of available sources are AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), MyMedia (if available), USB, AUX (if equipped), and Bluetooth.

Infotainment System Sound Menu
From any of the audio source main pages, touch Sound to display the following:

Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the options on the infotainment display.

Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the controls on the infotainment display or by tapping/dragging the crosshair.

Finding a Station
Seeking a Station

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 11

From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, touchBuick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 004 or Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 001 on the infotainment display to search for the previous or next strong station or channel.

Browsing Stations
From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, touch Browse to list all available stations or channels. Navigate up and down through all stations by scrolling the list.

Touch the station or channel you want to listen to. Touch H to save the station or channel as a favorite.
If equipped, touch Update Station List to update the active stations in your area.

Direct Tune

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 12

Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune icon on the infotainment display to bring up the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies using 7 or 6 on the right side of the Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station or channel using the keypad. When a new station or channel is entered, the information about that station or channel displays on the right side. This information will update with each new valid frequency. Touch H to save the station or channel as a favorite.

The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will automatically place a decimal point within the frequency number.

Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers.

A valid AM or FM station will automatically tune to the new frequency but not close the Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM (if equipped), touch Go after entering the channel. Touch S on the infotainment display or touch z to exit out of Direct Tune.

The tune arrows on the right side of the Direct Tune display 7 or 6 will tune through the complete station or channel list one station step at a time per touch.

A touch and hold advances through stations or channels quickly.

If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Tune feature. Only the analog or

HD1 station can use that feature. Use the display arrows to adjust to the multicast stations.

AM, FM, and SXM Categories

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 13

From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, touch Categories at the top of the Browse menu to access the categories list. The list contains names associated with the AM or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a category name to display a list of stations or channels for that category. Touching a station or channel from the list will tune the radio to that station or channel.

Storing Radio Station Presets
Favorites show in the area at the top of the display.

AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio Stations (if equipped) : Touch and hold a preset to store the current station or channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station.

Favorites can also be stored by touching H in a station or channel list. This will highlight indicating that it is now saved as a favorite.

The number of favorites displayed is automatically adjusted by default, but can be manually adjusted in Settings in the System tab under Favorites and then Set Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under Audio and then Set Number of Audio Favorites.

HD Radio Technology
If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with features such as digital quality sound, more stations available on a single frequency such as HD2 and HD3, and display information such as artist and song title.

From the Now Playing display, touch the HD Radio icon to turn HD on or off.

Station Access
To access HD Radio stations:

  1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Radio is turned on and the station is broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will automatically tune to the HD version of the current channel (HD1) after several
  2. seconds. The radio will also display icons representing additional channels (H…HD8), that may be available. When the radio successfully tunes to a HD station, the HD logo will display and digital audio will play.
    1. Touch the display arrows to tune to the previous or next HD Radio station.

    There may be a delay before the station starts playing.

    The HD Radio station number is indicated next to the HD logo.
    HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites.
    For a list of all stations, see www.hdradio.com.

    HD Radio Troubleshooting
    Digital Audio Delay :
    Wait for the signal to process. This can take several seconds.

    Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be weak, the station is out of range, or the station may be out of alignment. Verify proper reception on another station.

    If the HD Radio signal weakens while listening to HD1, the radio will automatically switch to the analog version of the radio station.
    If the HD Radio signal loses reception while listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio mutes until the signal can be recovered or until the station is changed.
    HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to toggle HD Radio reception on and off.

    Radio Data System (RDS)RDS relies on receiving specific RDS information from radio stations and only works when the information is available.
    It is possible that a radio station could broadcast information that causes the radio to work improperly.
    In addition, RDS features are region and country of sale specific. This means specific RDS content may not be available in your listening area or in the country you operate the vehicle.
    To turn RDS features on or off, select Settings > Apps> Audio> RDS> Select ON or OFF.

    The following core and region specific RDS features may be supported by radio broadcasters in your listening area:

    Core RDS features

    • Display radio station call letters
    • Display messages from radio stations
    • Provide radio station category information (when available)

     

Region Specific RDS features

  • Support Traffic Program (TP) Alerts
  • Support Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
  • Support Region Switching

Satellite Radio
SiriusXM Radio Service

If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM radio subscription can receive SiriusXM programming.

SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.

When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, number, song title, and artist appear on the display.

SiriusXM with 360L
SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced in-vehicle listening experience for subscribers. The experience now offers more categories and system learned recommendations toward discovering more personalized content.

To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, including streaming content and listening recommendations, OnStar Connected Access is required. Connected vehicle services vary by model and require a complete working electrical system, cell reception, and GPS signal. An active connected plan is required.

Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use and subscription information.

Radio Reception
Unplug electronic devices from the accessory power outlets if there is interference or static in the radio.

FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference, some static can occur, especially around tall buildings or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out.

AM
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other. Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM signal for a period of time. Some cellular services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal.

Mobile Device Usage
Mobile device usage, such as making or receiving calls, charging, or just having the mobile device on may cause static interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile device or turn it off if this happens.

Multi-Band Antenna
The multi-band roof antenna may be used for radio, navigation, and other communication systems, depending on the equipped options. To ensure clear reception, keep the antenna clear of obstructions, such as snow and ice. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, or a roof loaded with cargo, reception may be affected.

Audio Players

Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices
When using media devices such as USB and mobile devices, consider the source.

Untrusted media devices could contain files that affect system operation or performance and should be avoided.

USB Port
Audio stored on a USB device may be listened to.

Depending on your vehicle, it may be equipped with two USB ports in the center console under the armrest and another two on the center stack. These ports are for data and charging. There may also be two USB ports at the rear of the center console and a USB port on each side of the third row seats for charging only.

Caution
To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all accessories and disconnect all accessory cables from the vehicle when not in use. Accessory cables left plugged into the vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be damaged or cause an electrical short if the unconnected end comes in contact with liquids or another power source such as the accessory power outlet.

Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be connected to the USB port.

Audio extensions supported by the USB may include:

Playing from a USB
A USB mass storage device can be connected to the USB port.

Audio extensions supported by the USB may include:

  • MP3
  • AAC
  • OGG
  • 3GP

My Media Library
MyMedia is only available when more than one indexed device is connected. It allows access to content from all indexed media sources. MyMedia will show as an available source in the Source page.

USB MP3 Player and USB Devices
The USB MP3 players and USB devices connected must comply with the USB Mass Storage Class specification (USB MSC).

To play a USB device:

  1. Connect the USB .
  2. Touch Audio from the Home page.
  3. Select USB device.

Use the following when playing an active USB source:

Touch to play the current media source.

Touch to pause playback of the current media source.

  1. Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 004
  • Touch to seek the beginning of the current or previous track.
  • Touch and hold to reverse quickly through Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.
  1. Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 001
  • Touch to seek the next
  • Touch and hold to advance quickly through Release to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.

Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play music in random order.

USB Sound Menu
See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” under AM-FM Radio page 137.

USB Browse Menu
When a list of songs, albums, artists, or other types of media displays, the up and down arrows and A-Z appear on the left side. Select A-Z to view a display that will show all letters of the alphabet and select the letter to go to.

Touch the up and down arrows to move the list up and down.

Touch Browse and the following may display:

Playlists:

  1. Touch to view the playlists stored on the USB.
  2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all songs in that playlist.
  3. Touch a song from the list to begin

Supported playlist extensions are m3u and pls.

Artists:

  1. Touch to view the list of artists stored on the USB.
  2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all albums by the artist.
  3. To select a song, touch All Songs or touch an album and then touch a song from the list.

Songs:

  1. Touch to display a list of all songs on the USB.
  2. To begin playback, touch a song from the list.

Albums:

  1. Touch to view the albums on the
  2. Touch the album to view a list of all songs on the album.
  3. Touch a song from the list to begin

Genres:

  1. Touch to view the genres on the
  2. Touch a genre to view a list of
  3. Touch an artist to view albums by that
  4. Touch an album to view songs on the
  5. Touch a song to start

Composers:

  1. Touch to view the composers on the USB.
  2. Touch a Composer to view a list of albums by that composer.
  3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a list of songs.
  4. Touch a song from the list to begin

Folders:

  1. Touch to view the directories on the USB.
  2. Touch a folder to view a list of all
  3. Touch a file from the list to begin

Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on the connected Apple device and get a list of podcast episodes.

Audiobooks:

  1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on the Apple device.
  2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of
  3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin

File System and Naming
File systems supported by the USB may include:

  • FAT32
  • NTFS
  • HFS+

The songs, artists, albums, and genres are taken from the file’s song information and are only displayed if present. The radio displays the file name as the track name if the song information is not available.

Storing and Recalling Media Favorites

To store media favorites, touch Browse to display a list of media types.

Touch one of the following Browse options to save a favorite:

Playlists : Touch Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007next to any playlist to store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. The first song in the playlist begins to play.

Artists : TouchBuick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007 next to any artist to store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first song in the artist list begins to play.

Songs : Touch Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007next to any song to store the song as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite song.

Albums : Touch Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007 next to any album to store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite album. The first song in the album list begins to play.

Genres : Touch Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007next to any genre to store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first song of the genre begins to play.

Podcasts : TouchBuick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007 next to any podcast to store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play.

Audiobooks : Touch Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007next to any audiobook to store the audiobook as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the audiobook begins to play.

Media Playback and Mute

USB playback will be paused if the system is muted. If the steering wheel mute control is pressed again, playback will resume.

If the source is changed while in mute, playback resumes and audio will unmute.

Auxiliary Jack
This vehicle may have an auxiliary input jack. Possible auxiliary audio sources include:

  • Laptop computer
  • Audio music player

This jack is not an audio output. Do not plug headphones into the auxiliary input jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the vehicle is in P (Park).

Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, the system can play audio from the device over the vehicle speakers.

If an auxiliary device has already been connected, but a different source is currently active, touch More and then touch AUX to make the source active.

Shuffle and Browse are not available in the AUX source menu.

Bluetooth Audio
Music may be played from a paired Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) page 161 or Bluetooth (Overview) page 160 for help pairing a device.

Volume and song selection may be controlled by using the infotainment controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is selected and no volume is present, check the volume setting on the infotainment system.

Music can be launched by touching Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the display or by touching the More option and then touching the Bluetooth device.

To play music via Bluetooth:

  1. Power on the device, and pair to connect the device.
    1. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home Page, then touch Bluetooth from the recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth Sound Menu
  2. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” under AM-FM Radio page 137.

Manage Bluetooth Devices

From the Home Page:

  1. Touch
  2. Touch Devices to add or delete

When touching Bluetooth, the radio may not be able to launch the audio player on the connected device to start playing. When the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile device to begin playback.

All devices launch audio differently. When selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio may show as paused on the display. Press play on the device or touch p on the vehicle display to begin playback.

Browse functionality will be provided where supported by the Bluetooth device. This media content will not be part of the MyMedia source mode.

Some smartphones support sending Bluetooth music information to display on the radio. When the radio receives this information, it will check to see if any is available and display it. For more information about supported Bluetooth features, visit your brand website. See Online Account page 337 for details.

See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Navigation

Using the Navigation SystemIf equipped, launch the Nav application by touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the infotainment display.

When the Nav application is launched for the first time, a product walkthrough is available. Use of the feature requires the Terms and Conditions and the Privacy statement to be confirmed. If available and signed into a profile, it is also suggested to enable and confirm Predictive Navigation.

Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)
If Predictive Navigation is available and confirmed, this feature learns preferences by remembering where the vehicle has been.

It uses the locations and navigation history to personalize routes and results.

Predictive Navigation may learn elements such as:

  • Personalized routes based on preferred
  • Search results that provide best matches at the top of the list.
  • Predictive
  • Local map content

Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or disabled at a later time by touching A (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Predictive Navigation.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 14

After opening the Nav application for the first time, the application will always open in full map view displaying the vehicle’s current location. When the vehicle is stopped, the search bar will appear along the top of the navigation map view.

Manually close the search bar by touching

  1. When the vehicle is moving, the } (Search) icon will replace the search bar to maximize the full map view.

Destination Card Preferences
From the Nav application, set up Home and Work addresses to enable one-touch navigation. To set up Home and Work addresses, touch A and select Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show Destination Card on Map should be on by default. Select and enter Home and/or Work address and save

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 15

If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a customized profile, the current location icon uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a customized profile, the current location symbol will show a customized icon. See Navigation Symbols 0 147.

Map and Navigation Settings
Touch A while in the map view to display options. The following may display:

  • 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North Up
  • Show on Map
  • Traffic Events (available with Connected
  • Navigation)
  • Settings
  • Edit Destination (if a route has been set)
  • Avoid on Route (if a route has been set)

Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation Settings. The following may display:

  • Destination Card Preferences
    Map Preferences
  • Route Preferences
    Navigation Voice Control
    Traffic Preferences
    Alert Preferences
    Fuel Grade Preferences
    Manage History
    Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in this section.
  • About

To exit a list, touch z in the top right corner to return to the main map view.
Make sure to set up preferences before setting a destination and starting active guidance.

Map Preferences
Touch to choose between basic map feature configurations

Map Colors

  • Auto – Touch to automatically change modes based on lighting conditions.
  • Day (Light)
  • Night (Dark)

3D Landmarks (Default is On) : Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will display all 3D Landmarks on the map depending on the zoom level.
3D Buildings (Default is Off) : Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will display all of the possible 3D building shapes on the map depending on the zoom level.
Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) :
If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will display terrain information on the map in 3D view.

Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or Off. When turned on, the system will automatically adjust the zoom level when the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the turn is completed, the system automatically brings the zoom back to the originally set level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn with the next turn occurring shortly after, the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both turns are completed.

Route Preferences
Touch to access the Route Preferences. The choices are:
Preferred Route – Choose from two different route options: Fastest or Eco-Friendly.

  • Fastest would be the route with the shortest drive time.
  • Eco-Friendly would be the most fuel-efficient route.

Avoid on Route – Choose any of the road features to avoid while on route:

  • Highways
  • Unpaved Roads
  • Ferries
  • Carpool Lanes
  • Toll Roads
  • Tunnels
  • Country Borders

Navigation Voice Control
Touch to access the voice control setting display.

  • Navigation Volume – To adjust the volume level, touch the up and down arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is being heard, volume can also be adjusted using the knob on the center stack or the volume switch on the steering wheel.

Navigation Voice Prompt Level During a Call. Options available are:

  • Full Prompt (Selected by default)
  • Tone Only
  • None

Traffic Events (If Equipped)
This feature provides a list of events that are on the route or nearby. Touch A and then select Traffic Events. A connected Navigation service plan is required.

Traffic Preferences (If Equipped)
While in Map View, touch A, then Settings and then Map and Navigation Settings to access Traffic Preferences. When Show Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature provides an overview of the traffic flow using different coded colors. The following options are available for rerouting:

  • Auto Reroute to Better Route – The system will automatically reroute if the system detects there is a traffic issue
    • Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the system detects there is a traffic issue ahead, it will display a pop-up with details about the Choose to reroute or cancel the alert.
    • Never Search for Better Route – The system will not check for a better route until one of the above options is
  • Alert PreferencesSet alerts on or off during both inactive and active guidance views. The following alerts may be available:
    • Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display upcoming School Zones.
    • Traffic Camera Alerts

     

Manage History

Touch Manage History to access the History options:

  • Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to clear the recent destinations.
  • Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear the search history.

 

About

Touch to display software information, such as:

  • Telenav Terms and Conditions
  • Telenav Privacy Statement
  • Navigation Version

Maps

The Navigation application requires a map database to run. It is stored on an SD card that is connected to the infotainment system. If the map database is not available, a missing SD card error message will be displayed.

SD Card Error Messages
The SD card only works for one unique vehicle. The SD card must pass authentication verification to be used for that specific vehicle. If the SD card has a switch that can be set to read-only mode, ensure that it is in the upward position and not in read-only.

Potential error scenarios and messages include:

  • The SD card has initialized for the first time: “Once initialized, this SD card can only be used for navigation in this ”.
  • The SD card is not working properly: “SD card is not functioning properly.

(Error Code).”

See your dealer if this message appears.

  • The SD card is not paired with the existing system: “This SD card is not valid in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s Manual for more detail or visit your (Error Code).”
  • The SD card has been removed from the slot: “SD card has been removed.

(Error Code).”

Make sure the SD card is in the slot. If it was removed and inserted and you still receive an error code, see your dealer.

Touch Confirm to resume after the initialization error message. For the other messages, touch OK to return to the Home Page.

Navigation Symbols
Following are the most common symbols that may appear in the Nav application.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 16

This indicates the vehicle’s current location and direction on the map.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 17

This is the vehicle’s current location icon during inactive guidance mode. Once a user profile is created, the current location icon can be customized.
This icon indicates the vehicle’s current location and direction on the map.

The destination pin marks the location of the final destination. Touch the pin to view the destination address or to add it or remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the information by touching the pin one more time. It will automatically time out if no action is taken.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 19

If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) are places of interest for parking and gas  station .

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 20

The progress bar provides an overview of the route progress and may show traffic and incidents along the way. As the route proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar.
Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and view the entire route. Touch it again to return to the previous view.
View the drive time by touching the estimated time of arrival (ETA).

Current Location
When the vehicle is parked and not in a Navigation session, the user icon is centered on the map view, highlighting the current location.

Destination
Receiving Destination Directions from Different Sources

Destinations can be received or transferred from different sources to the Nav application for route guidance. If equipped, some of these sources may include:

  • Navigation from search
  • An address from the Contacts
  • An application on the smartphone that can send destinations to the vehicle.
Waypoints

Add up to five waypoints, which are additional destinations, along the route. To add an additional stop or waypoint:

  1. From active guidance, touch }.
  2. Search for the destination using One-Box, Voice search, or the Quick Category icons.
    1. Choose search results Along Route, Nearby, or Near Destination.
    2. Choose the desired waypoint and touch Add to Trip or replace the current destination by touching New
    1. Touch A
    2. Touch Edit
    • Modify destination order by touching and holding the arrow until it is highlighted. Drag to move the waypoint up or down the list.
    • Delete a waypoint by touching Y.

    A pop-up will appear to confirm waypoint removal. Once the request is confirmed, the system will remove the address from the destinations list. Touch z on the top right corner so the system can recalculate the route.

    If there is only one address in the destinations list, the system will disable the move and delete functions. The system will not allow the final destination to be deleted.

Map Information
Road network attributes are contained in the map database for map information.

Attributes include information such as street names, street addresses, and turn restrictions. A detailed area includes all major highways, service roads, and residential roads. The detailed areas include Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas stations, tourist attractions, and historical monuments.

If the vehicle does not have an applicable service plan, the map database may not include data for newly constructed areas or map database corrections that are completed after production. The navigation system provides full route guidance in the detailed map areas.

Zoom Control
The zoom control display is shown on the map view. A few ways to zoom in or out are:

  • Touch + or – to zoom in or out on the map.
  • Double tap with one finger to zoom in or single tap with two fingers to zoom out on the map.
  • Use the index finger and thumb to zoom out by pinching and then zoom in by spreading those two fingers on the map.

Map Gestures and Map Scale
Use the following gestures on the infotainment display to adjust the map scale and display options.

  • Pinch to zoom in or out.
  • Pan the map.
  • Use two fingers to tilt down and change from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back to 2D.
    • Rotate the
  • See Using the System page 134.

Mute
When in active guidance, the audio prompts while using navigation can be muted. Touch the speaker icon on the right side of the upper bar. A slash will appear on the speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted.

Active Guidance View
When a destination is chosen and a navigation session is active, the navigation system enters into an Active Guidance View (AGV).

Map Orientation
Touch A on the map to access map orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D Heading Up by default.

Available settings are:

  • 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon will always head up and the map will rotate around it.
  • 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon will always head up and the map will rotate around it.
  • 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon will shift as the vehicle turns left and

Touch the icon to change the map type. The icon and label will also update accordingly.

Depending on the zoom level of the 2D Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the system may automatically switch to the 2D North Up map.

When in AGV, the entire route can be viewed in 2D North Up by touching the traffic bar. The map will zoom out and readjust to display the full route. When in 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon will appear in the middle of the display. Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic bar again to return to the previous view, either 2D or 3D.

Lane Guidance
The map will display the lane information for the upcoming maneuver if it is available.

  • Junction View
    When a vehicle is on the highway and approaching the exit, an image displays the lane that the vehicle must stay in to complete the next maneuver.Quick-Turn View
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 29

 

When the vehicle is approaching a turn with the next turn following in quick succession, a quick-turn list appears below the primary turn indicator. An audio prompt will announce the quick turn.

Auto-Zoom
When approaching a maneuver, the map will automatically zoom in to show both the vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to give a better view of the maneuver. Once the maneuver is complete, the system will zoom back to the previous zoom level.
Touch A on the map to access Settings then touch Map Preferences to access Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or disabled.

Directions
Touch the menu option next to the next turn street name to display Directions.

Directions displays the turns and directions from the current location to the final destination.

Editing Directions
Directions can be edited by choosing y, which expands the list to fill the display and enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, an unwanted route segment can be removed from the route by touching Y next to the segment. A pop-up appears to confirm segment removal.

When the route segment has been removed, all segments are replaced by an activity indicator while the new route is recalculated. When the recalculation is complete, the activity indicator is replaced with the new route segments.

Highway Exits List

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 22Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon displays next to the current street name near the bottom of the display. The icon only appears when on a highway with defined exits.

While traveling on roads with designated exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit list displays the exit number, distance to the exit from the current vehicle position, and convenience stops that may be available, such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging.

Next Maneuver Menu
When in Active Guidance, the Next Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next Maneuver at the top of the display overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to Destination, and Traffic Indicator are
displayed in a panel pinned on the right of the display.
Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert If the Navigation application is not open when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to the main navigation view or touch to dismiss the alert.

Repeat Voice Guidance

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 23

This symbol indicates the next guidance maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last  spoken guidance instruction.

Incident Alert (If Equipped)
During active guidance, if the system determines that there is an incident ahead but there is not a better route, the system will play a tone and show a Quick Notice.
This will only show once per incident.

Incident Reports (If Equipped)
Incident report icons, along with traffic flow data, display on the map during both active and inactive guidance.

End Route
Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end active guidance and return to inactive guidance. If active guidance is canceled before the destination has been reached, a pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear.

Resume Trip
The trip can be resumed if it was canceled by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option.

If the system has determined that the destination has been reached, either because the arrival view displayed or the destination has been passed, the Resume Trip option will not appear.

Favorites

The navigation favorites can have contacts, addresses, or POIs that have been saved through the favorite icon on the details view.

Accessing Favorites
In the Nav application, view the Favorites list by touching Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 007 in the search bar along the top of the Nav map view. If the search bar is closed, touch } and select .

Saving Favorites

Favorites can be added from a number of the system’s applications. Touch the favorites icon to save content as a favorite.

Renaming Navigation Favorites

  1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Page and touch the System tab.
  2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage Favorites option.
  3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to access the edit Touch the edit icon to rename the favorite.
  4. Touch Save to store the renamed favorite.
Recents

Touch  to access a list of recent destinations.

Recenter Position Icon
Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the middle of the map view to reset the map to the current location.

Last Parked Location
The Last Parked Location is the last location the vehicle engine was turned off. That location is displayed in the first row of the Recents list. Touching the last Parked Location shows the Address Details view to either save the address or drive to it. The Last Parked Location can be deleted by entering the Edit display. Once the Last Parked Location is deleted, it no longer appears in the Recents list, unless the vehicle is started at that location again.

Show POI Icons

To see the POI categories, touch Options, then touch Show on Map. Up to eight categories of icons can be selected.

Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped)

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 30

The smart POI icons such as fuel stations and parking may appear based on time, location, driver search behavior, driving conditions, and vehicle conditions.

Touch a smart POI icon to open the corresponding details:

  • Left side: Name and address of the
  • Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time )

Smart Fuel Station Icons
Fuel station prices are shown if available for nearby stations when the vehicle is low on fuel.

Smart Parking Icons
When reaching a densely populated destination and the system determines that parking may be limited, the system will attempt to display nearby parking destinations with pricing information, if available.

Report an Issue Using POI Details (If Equipped)
In the POI details page, a POI issue can be reported if the data is not accurate or the address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue near the bottom of the display to access the issue selection page. Touch one of the predefined issues on the selection page, then touch Send. The system will send the information for analysis.

Search
Touch Search on the infotainment display to open the search display. It has a search field entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard.

Auto Complete
Enter a partial location in the field entry box on the search display. Auto complete will attempt to complete the destination based on what is being entered. Touch the suggested item to search.

Search While in Motion with No Front Seat Passenger Present
The search display will not allow changes or text input with the keyboard when the vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display showing three rows of the most commonly used categories appears. Touching the search box will activate speech recognition.

Search While in Motion with Front Seat Passenger Present
If the system detects that the front seat passenger is present with both driver and passenger seat belts buckled, touching the search icon will display an alert message that allows the passenger to search for a destination as if the vehicle were stopped.

Connected Navigation
Connected Navigation is a subscription service that enables certain capabilities within the navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation capabilities. The system will show an alert when the subscription is expiring and will ask to renew the plan.

Global Positioning System (GPS)
If equipped, the position of the vehicle is determined by using satellite signals, various vehicle signals, and map data.

At times, other interference such as the satellite condition, road configuration, condition of the vehicle, and/or other circumstances can affect the navigation system’s ability to determine the accurate position of the vehicle.

The GPS shows the current position of the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. When the vehicle is not receiving signals from the satellites, a symbol appears in the status bar.

This system might not be available or interference can occur if any of the following are true:

  • Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, trees, large trucks, or a tunnel.
  • Satellites are being repaired or improved.

For more information if the GPS is not functioning properly, see Problems with Route Guidance page 154 and If the System Needs Service page 155.

Vehicle Positioning
At times, the position of the vehicle on the map could be inaccurate due to one or more of the following reasons:

  • The road system has changed.
  • The vehicle is driving on slippery road surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow.
  • The vehicle is traveling on winding roads or long, straight roads.
  • The vehicle is approaching a tall building or a large vehicle.
  • The surface streets run parallel to a freeway.
  • The vehicle has been transferred by a vehicle carrier or a ferry.
  • The current position calibration is set incorrect
  • The vehicle is traveling at high speed.
  • The vehicle changes directions more than once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn table in a parking lot.
  • The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof.
  • The GPS signal is not received.
  • A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle.
  • Tire chains are installed on the vehicle.
  • The tires are replaced or wom.
  • The tire pressure for the tires is  incorrect .
  • This is the first navigation use after the map data is updated.
  • The 12-volt battery has been disconnected for several days.
  • The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic where driving is at low speeds, and the vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.

Problems with Route Guidance

Inappropriate route guidance can occur under one or more of the following conditions:

  • The turn was not made on the road indcator.
  • Route guidance might not be available when using automatic rerouting for the next right or left turn.
  • The route might not be changed when using automatic rerouting.
  • There is no route guidance when turning at an intersection.
  • Plural names of places might be announced occasionally.

It could take a long time to operate automatic rerouting during high-speed driving.

  • Automatic rerouting might display a route returning to the set waypoint if heading for a destination without passing through a set waypoint.
  • The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle due to a regulation by time or season or any other regulation which may be given.
  • Some routes might not be
  • The route to the destination might not be shown if there are new roads, if roads have recently changed, or if certain roads are not listed in the map data. See Maps page 147.

To recalibrate the vehicle’s position on the map, park with the vehicle running for two to five minutes, until the vehicle position updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in a location that is safe and has a clear view of the sky and away from large obstructions.

If the System Needs Service
If the navigation system needs service, see your dealer.

Map Data Updates
The map data in the vehicle is the most up-to-date information available when the vehicle was produced. The map data is updated periodically, provided that the map information has changed and the vehicle has a relevant service plan.

See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or replacement SD card. Features are subject to change. For more information on this feature, visit your brand website.

If the vehicle is equipped with Connected Navigation, which is a subscription service that enables certain features of the navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation, then the system will download the latest map data from the cloud.

Database Coverage Explanations
Coverage areas vary with respect to the level of map detail available for any given area. Some areas feature greater levels of detail than others. If this happens, it does not mean there is a problem with the system. As the map data is updated, more detail can become available for areas that previously had limited detail. See Map Data Updates page 155.

Voice Recognition
If equipped, voice recognition allows for hands-free operation within the navigation, audio, phone, and weather applications. This feature can be started by pressing g on the steering wheel or touching g on the infotainment display.

However, not all features within these areas are supported by voice commands.

Generally, only complex tasks that require multiple manual interactions to complete are supported by voice commands.

For example, tasks that take more than one or two touches, such as a song or artist to play from a media device, would be supported by voice commands. Other tasks, like adjusting the volume or seeking up or down, are audio features that are easily performed by touching one or two options, and are not supported by voice commands.

In general there are flexible ways to speak commands for completing the tasks.

If your language supports it, try stating a one-shot command, such as “Directions to address <number, street, city, state/ province>.” Do not include the ZIP code while stating the address during the

command. Another example of a one-shot Destination Entry command is, “Directions to Place of Interest at <hotel>.” If these commands do not work, try saying, “Take me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” and the system will walk you through by asking additional questions.

Hybrid Speech Recognition
If equipped, this feature helps distinguish words by using Internet-based information along with the system’s voice recognition database. This allows you to speak more naturally when using voice recognition.

Using Voice Recognition
Voice recognition becomes available once the system has been initialized. This begins when the ignition is turned on. Initialization may take a few moments.

  1. Press g on the steering wheel controls to activate voice recognition.
  2. The audio system mutes and the system plays a prompt.
  3. Clearly speak one of the commands described in this section.

A voice recognition system prompt can be interrupted while it is playing by pressing g again.

Once voice recognition is started, both the infotainment display and instrument cluster show the selections and visual dialog content. These displays can be turned on or off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings page 166.

There are three voice prompt modes supported:

  • Informative verbal prompts: This type of prompt will provide more information regarding the supported actions.
  • Short prompts: This type of prompt will provide simple instructions about what can be stated.
  • Auto informative prompts: This type of prompt plays during the first few speech sessions, then automatically switches to the short prompt after some experience has been gained through using the system.

If a command is not spoken, the voice recognition system says a help prompt.

Prompts and Infotainment Displays
While a voice recognition session is active, there may be corresponding options showing on the displays. A selection can be made by manually touching the option, or by speaking the number for the option to select. Manual interaction in the voice recognition session is permitted. Interaction during a voice session may be completed entirely using voice commands while some manual commands may expedite a task. If a selection is made using a manual control, the voice recognition dialog will progress in the same way as if the selection were made using a voice command. Once the system completes the task, or the session is terminated, the voice recognition dialog stops.

An example of this type of manual intervention is touching an entry of a displayed number list instead of speaking the number associated with the entry desired.

Canceling Voice Recognition
Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to terminate the voice recognition session and show the display where voice recognition was initiated.

Press on the steering wheel controls to terminate the voice recognition session and show the display where voice recognition was initiated

Natural Language Commands
Most languages do not support natural language commands in sentence form. For those languages, use direct commands like the examples shown on the display.

Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands
Voice recognition can understand commands that are naturally stated in sentence form or direct commands that state the application and the task.

For best results:

  • Listen for the prompt before saying a command or reply.
  • Speak the command naturally, not too fast, not too slow.
  • Use direct commands without a lot of extra For example, “Call <name> at work,” “Play” followed by the artist or song name, or “Tune” followed by the radio station number.
  • Navigation destinations can be made in a single command using keywords. A few examples are: “I want directions to an address,” “I need to find a place of interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.”

The system responds by requesting more details. For other POIs, say the name of a category like “Restaurants,” “Shopping Malls,” or “Hospitals.”

  • Navigating to a destination outside of the current country takes more than one command. The first command is to tell the system where the navigation will take place, such as an Address, Intersection, POI, or If Address or Intersection is selected, the second command is to say, “Change Country.” Once the system responds, say the country before saying the rest of the address and/or intersection.

If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” then “Change Country.”

Direct commands might be more clearly understood by the system. An example of a direct command would be “Call <number>.” Examples of these direct commands are displayed on most of the screens while a voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone Commands,” is spoken, the system understands that a phone call is requested and will respond with questions until enough details are gathered to make a call.

If a cell phone number has been saved with a name and a place, the direct command should include both, for example “Call <name> at work.”

Using Voice Recognition for List Options
When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will ask to confirm or select an option from that list.

When a display contains a list, there may be options that are available but not displayed. The list on a voice recognition screen functions the same as a list on other displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to help display other entries from the list.

Manually scrolling or paging the list on a display during a voice recognition session suspends the current voice recognition event and plays the prompt “Please select manually or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to try again.”

If manual selection takes more than 15 seconds, the session terminates and prompts that it has timed out. The display returns to the display where voice recognition was initiated.

The Back Command
Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the infotainment display to go to the previous menu.

If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken all the way back to the starting display, and then “Back” is spoken one more time, the voice recognition session will cancel.

Help
Say “Help” on any voice recognition display and the help prompt for the display is played.

Voice Recognition for the Radio
If browsing the audio sources when voice is touched, the voice recognition commands for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are available.

“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and tune to the last AM radio station.

“Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and tune to the last FM radio station.

“Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM and tune to the last SiriusXM channel.

“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like “nine fifty”).

“Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like “one oh one point one”).

“Tune to <AM frequency> AM HD” : Tune to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency is identified in the command.

“Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD” : Tune to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency is identified in the command.

“Tune to <FM frequency> FM HD <HD channel number>” : Tune to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency and HD channel are identified in the command.

“Tune to SXM <SXM channel number>” : Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel number is identified in the command.

“Tune to SXM <SXM channel name>” : Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel name is identified in the command.

Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia

The available voice recognition commands for [browsing] MyMedia are:

“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific artist name.

“Play Artist <artist name>” : Begin playback of a specific artist.

“Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific album name.

“Play Album <album name>” : Begin playback of a specific album.

“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific song name.

“Play Song <song name>” : Begin playback of a specific song, if available.

“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific genre.

“Play Genre <genre name>” : Begin playback of a specific genre.

“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific playlist name.

“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : Begin playback of a specific playlist.

“Play <device name>” : Play music from a specific device identified by name. The device name is the name displayed on the display when the device is first selected as an audio source.

“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name.

“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : Begin playback of a specific chapter.

“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific audiobook.

“Play Audiobook <audiobook name>” :

Begin playback of a specific audiobook.

“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific name.

“Play Episode <episode name>” : Begin playback of a specific episode.

“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific podcast.

“Play Podcast <podcast name>” : Begin playback of a specific podcast.

“My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the desired media content.

Handling Large Amounts of Media Content
It is expected that large amounts of media content will be brought into the vehicle.

It may be necessary to handle large amounts of media content in a different way than smaller amounts of media. The system may limit the options of voice recognition by not allowing selection of files by voice at the highest level if the number of files exceeds the maximum limit.

Changes to voice commands due to media content limits are:

  • Files including other individual files of all media types such as songs, audiobook chapters, podcast episodes, and videos.
  • Album type folders including types such as albums and audiobooks.

There are no restrictions if the number of files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When the number of files connected to the system is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content cannot be accessed directly with one command like “Play <song name>.”

The restriction is that the command “Play Song” must be spoken first; the system will then ask for the song name. The reply command would be to say the name of the song to play.

Similar limits exist for album content.

If there are more than 12,000 albums, but fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be accessed directly with one command like, “Play <album name>.” The command “Play Album” must first be spoken; the system will then ask for the album name. The reply would be to say the name of the album to play.

Once the number of files has exceeded approximately 24,000, there is no support for accessing the songs directly through voice commands. There will still be access to the media content by using commands for playlists, artists, and genres.

The access commands for playlists, artists, and genres are prohibited after the number of this type of media exceeds 12,000.

The system will provide feedback the first time voice recognition is initiated if it has become apparent that any of these limits are reached during a device initializing process.

Voice recognition performance will degrade to some extent based on many factors when adding large amounts of data to recognize. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs through playlists or artist name would work better.

Voice Recognition for Navigation (If Equipped)

“Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter specific destination information.

“Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to enter specific destination information.

Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific destination address, which includes the entire address consisting of the house number, street name, city, state/province, and country. Do not include the ZIP code.

“Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter a destination Place of Interest category or major brand name.

The name must be precisely spoken. Nicknames or short names for the businesses will not likely be found. Lesser known businesses might have to be located by category, such as fast food, hotels, or banks.

“Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific destination contact name.

“Cancel Route” : End route guidance.

“Take Me Home” : Create a route to a stored home location.

Voice Recognition for the Phone

“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to a stored contact. The command may include location if the contact has location numbers stored.

“Call <contact> At Home,” “At Work,” “On Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a stored contact and location at home, at work, on mobile device, or on another phone.

“Call <cell phone number>” : Initiate a call to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 digits, or three digit emergency numbers.

“Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing process. Follow the instructions on the infotainment display.

“Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed number.

“Switch Phone” : Select a different connected cell phone for outgoing calls.

“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter special numbers like international numbers. The numbers can be entered in groups of digits with each group of digits being repeated back by the system. If the group of digits is not correct, the command “Delete” will remove the last group of digits and allow them to be re-entered. Once the entire number has been entered, the command “Call” will start dialing the number.

Phone Assistant Voice Recognition
Press and hold g on the steering wheel controls to pass through and launch Google phone assistant or Siri.

For the low radio, whether connected by Bluetooth or phone projection, the only available voice recognition is either Siri (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android).

Phone

Bluetooth (Overview)

The Bluetooth-capable system can be paired with up to 10 Bluetooth devices and two active Bluetooth devices, allowing:

  • Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode.
  • Sharing of the device’s address book or contact list with the vehicle.

To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle parked:

  • Become familiar with the features of the mobile Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete duplicate or rarely used entries.

If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts.

  • Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system.
  • Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The system may not work with all mobile See “Pairing” later in this section.

Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the system. The system can be used while the ignition is on or in accessory mode. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support all functions and not all mobile devices work with the Bluetooth system. Visit your brand website for more information about compatible mobile devices. See Online Account 0 337.

Controls
Use the controls on the center stack and the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth system.

Steering Wheel Controls

Press to answer incoming calls and start voice recognition on your connected Bluetooth mobile device.

Press to end a call, decline a call, or cancel an operation. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call.

Infotainment System Controls
For information about how to navigate the menu system using the infotainment controls, see Overview page 132.

Audio System

When using the Bluetooth mobile device system, sound comes through the vehicle’s front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. The volume level while on a mobile device call can be adjusted by pressing the steering wheel controls or the volume control on the center stack. The adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. The volume cannot be lowered beyond a certain level.

Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)
Pairing

A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used. See the mobile device manufacturer’s user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the device.

Pairing Information
If no mobile device has been connected, the Phone main page on the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone option. Touch this option to connect.

Another way to connect is to touch the Phones tab at the top right of the display and then touch Add Phone.

  • A Bluetooth smartphone with music capability can be paired to the vehicle as a smartphone and a music player at the same time.
  • Up to 10 devices can be paired to the Bluetooth system.
  • The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
  • Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system.
  • If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set to First to Connect. If there is no cell phone set to First to Connect, it will link to the cell phone which was used last. To link to a different paired cell phone, see “Linking to a Different Phone” later in this section.

Pairing a Phone

  1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled on the cell phone before the pairing process is started.
  2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
  3. Touch Phones at the top of the infotainment display. There is also a Connect Phones option in the middle of the Phone display which will shortcut to the Phone List menu.
  4. Touch Add
  5. Select the vehicle name shown on the infotainment display from your cell phone’s Bluetooth Settings list.
  6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone to confirm the six-digit code showing on the infotainment display and touch Pair. The code on the cell phone and infotainment display will need to be acknowledged for a successful pair.
  7. Start the pairing process on the cell phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the cell phone manufacturer’s user guide

for information on this process. Once the cell phone is paired, it will show under Connected.

  1. If the vehicle name does not appear on your cell phone, there are a few ways to start the pairing process over:
    • Turn the cell phone off and then back on.
    • Go back to the beginning of the Phone menus on the infotainment display and restart the pairing
    • Reset the cell phone, but this step should be done as a last effort.
  2. If the cell phone prompts to accept connection or allow phone book download, touch Always Accept and The phone book may not be available if not accepted.
  3. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell

First to Connect Paired Phones

If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set as First to Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as the First to Connect phone:

  1. Make sure the cell phone is turned
  2. Touch Settings, then touch
  3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all connected cell phones and mobile
  4. Touch the information icon or pencil icon to the right of the cell phone to open the cell phone’s settings menu.
  5. Touch the First to Connect option, to enable the setting for that device.

Cell phones and mobile devices can be added, removed, connected, and disconnected. A sub-menu will display whenever a request is made to add or manage cell phones and mobile devices.

Listing All Paired and Connected Phones

  1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
  2. Touch

Disconnecting a Connected Phone

  1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home
  2. Touch
  3. Touch the information icon or the pencil icon next to the connected cell phone or mobile device to show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s information display.
  4. Touch

Deleting a Paired Phone

  1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
  2. Touch
  3. Touch the information icon or the pencil icon next to the connected cell phone to display the cell phone’s or mobile device’s information display.
  4. Touch Forget

Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different cell phone, the new cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired to the Bluetooth system.

  1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page or the phone icon on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the display.
  2. Touch
  3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from the not connected phone list. See “First to Connect Paired Phones” previously in this section.

Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode

To switch between handset or handsfree mode:

  • While the active call is hands-free, touch the Handset option to switch to the handset mode.
    The mute icon will not be available or functional while Handset mode is active.
    While the active call is on the handset, touch the Handset option to switch to the hands-free mode.

Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Calls
Calls can be made through the Bluetooth system using personal cell phone contact information for all cell phones that support the Phone Book feature. Become familiar with the cell phone settings and operation. Verify the cell phone supports this feature.

The Contacts menu accesses the phone book stored in the cell phone.
The Recents menu accesses the recents call list from your cell phone.

To make a call using the Contacts menu:

  1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home
    Touch
    The Contacts list can be searched by using the first character. Touch A-Z on the infotainment display to scroll through the list of names.
    Touch the name to call.
  1. Touch the desired contact number to To make a call using the Recents menu:
  2. Touch Phone on the Home
  3. Touch
  4. Touch the name or number to

Making a Call Using the Keypad

To make a call by dialing the numbers:

  1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home
  2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone
  3. Touch # on the infotainment display to start dialing the number.

Searching Contacts Using the Keypad

To search for contacts using the keypad:

  1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home
  2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone numbers or contact names using the digits on the keypad to search.

Results will show on the right side of the display. Touch one to place a call.

Accepting or Declining a Call
When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.

Accepting a Call
There are two ways to accept a call:

  • Press g on the steering wheel
  • Touch Answer on the infotainment

Declining a Call
There are two ways to decline a call:

  • Press on the steering wheel
  • Touch Ignore on the infotainment

Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work.

Accepting a Call
Press g to answer, then touch Switch on the infotainment display.

Declining a Call
Press to decline, then touch Ignore on the infotainment display

Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting Calls Only)

To switch between calls, touch Phone on the Home Page to display Call View. While in Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls.

Three-Way Calling
Three-way calling must be supported on the Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work.

To start a three-way call while in a current call:

  1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add another call.
  2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Recents, Contacts, or Keypad.
  3. When the second call is active, touch the merge icon to conference the three-way call together.

Ending a Call
Press on the steering wheel

  • Touch  on the infotainment display, next to a call, to end only that call.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers during a call. This is used when calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the Keypad to enter the number.

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay capability may be available through a compatible smartphone. If available, the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will change from gray to color on the Home Page of the infotainment display.

To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:

For Wired Phone Projection

  1. Download the Android Auto app to your smartphone from the Google Play store. There is no app required for Apple

Connect your Android phone or Apple iPhone by using the factory-provided phone USB cable and plugging into a USB data port. For best performance, it is highly recommended to use the device’s factory-provided USB cable, which should be replaced after significant wear to maintain connection quality. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work.

  1. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, accept the terms and conditions on both the infotainment system and the phone.
  2. Follow the instructions on the

The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon USB connection. If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch.

Press on the center stack to return to the Home Page.

For Wireless Phone Projection

If equipped, verify your phone is wireless compatible by visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple CarPlay support page.

  1. Download the Android Auto app to your smartphone from the Google Play There is no app required for Apple CarPlay.
  2. For first time connection, there are two ways to set up wireless projection:
  • Connect your Android phone or Apple iPhone by using the factory-provided phone USB cable and plugging into a USB data For best performance, it is highly recommended to use the device’s factory-provided USB cable, which should be replaced after significant wear to maintain connection quality. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work.
  • Connecting the phone over

See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) page 161 or Bluetooth (Overview) page 160.

  1. Make sure wireless is turned on the phone for wireless projection to work.
  2. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, agree to the terms and conditions on both the infotainment system and the
  3. Follow the instructions on the

The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons on the Home Page will illuminate depending on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch upon wireless connection. If not, touch the Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the Home Page to launch.
Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android Auto may experience occasional service disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference.

To disconnect the phones wireless projection:

  1. Select Settings from the Home
  2. Select Phones
  3. Touch 4 or the pencil icon next to the phone to be disconnected.
  4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android

Press { on the center stack to return to the Home Page.

Features are subject to change. For further information on how to set up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, visit your brand website. See Online Account page 337 for details.

Android Auto is provided by Google and is subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto support and to see if your phone is compatible, see https://support.google.com

android auto. For Apple CarPlay support and to see if your phone is compatible, see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Google may change or suspend availability at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Google Play, and other marks are trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Press { on the center stack to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold { on the center stack.

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be disabled from the infotainment system. To do this, touch Home, Settings, and then touch the Apps tab along the top of the display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

Settings

Not all vehicles will have all features. Certain settings can be managed in the Online Account sites when an account is established, and may be modified if other users have accessed the vehicle or created accounts. This may result in changes to the security or functionality of the infotainment system. Some settings may also be transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For instructions, visit your brand website.
Refer to the User Terms and Privacy Statement for important details. To view, touch the Settings icon on the Home Page of the infotainment display.
The settings menu may be organized into four categories. Select the desired category by touching System, Apps, Vehicle, or Personal.

To access the personalization menus:

  1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the infotainment display.
  2. Touch the desired category to display a list of available options.
  3. Touch to select the desired feature
  4. Touch the options on the infotainment display to disable or enable a feature.
  5. Touch z to go to the top level of the Settings menu.

System
The menu may contain the following:

Time / Date
Allows setting of the clock.

Language
Sets the display language used on the infotainment display. It may also use the selected language for voice recognition and audio feedback.

Phones
Allows connecting to a different cell phone or mobile device source, disconnect a cell phone or media device, or delete a cell phone or media device.

Wi-Fi Networks
Shows connected and available Wi-Fi networks.

If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the vehicle, the infotainment system can be connected to an external protected Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile device or home hotspot, to utilize connected services.

Wi-Fi Hotspot
Allows adjustment of different Wi-Fi features.

Privacy
Allows adjustment of the infotainment privacy settings.

Device Remote Access
Allows devices to interact with vehicle features and access data.

Display
Allows adjustment of the infotainment display.

Sounds
Allows adjustment of the infotainment system sounds.

Voice
Allows adjustment of the infotainment voice recognition features.

Favorites
Allows adjustment of the infotainment favorite settings.

Updates
If equipped, the vehicle can download and install select software updates over a wireless connection. The system will prompt for certain updates to be downloaded and installed. There is also an option to check for updates manually.

To manually check for updates, touch Settings on the Home Page and select the System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software section and touch Updates. Follow the on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, download, and install updates may vary by vehicle.

The vehicle can be used normally during the software download. Once the download is complete, there may be a prompt to accept the installation of the update upon the next ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven during the installation. The system will deliver messages indicating success or error during and after the download and installation processes.

Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software updates requires Internet connectivity, which can be accessed through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and active. If required, data plans are provided by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as a compatible mobile device hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot can be used. Applicable data rates may apply.

To connect the infotainment system to a secured mobile device hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on the Home Page, select the System tab, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the on-screen prompts. Download speeds may vary.

On most compatible mobile devices, activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Settings menu under Mobile Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or similar.

Availability of Over-the-Air software updates varies by vehicle and country. Features are subject to change. For more information on this feature, see Online Account page 337 for details.

Preferences
Allows the infotainment system to disable or enable the download of new updates in the background.

About
Shows the infotainment system software information

Running Applications
Shows a complete list of applications that are currently running on the infotainment system.

Return to Factory Settings
Allows resetting the infotainment system settings in the vehicle.

Apps

The menu may contain the following:

Android Auto
Allows interacting directly with a mobile device on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto page 164.

Apple CarPlay
Allows interacting directly with a mobile device on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto page 164.

Apps
Shows app settings and information.

Audio
Adjusts different audio settings.

Climate
Adjusts different climate settings.

Navigation
Adjusts different navigation settings. See Using the Navigation System page 144.
Phone Adjusts different phone settings.

SiriusXM
Adjusts different SiriusXM settings.

Vehicle

The menu may contain the following:

Rear Seat Reminder
Allows for a chime and a message when the rear door has been opened before or during operation of the vehicle.

Climate and Air Quality
Adjusts different climate settings.

Collision/Detection Systems
Adjusts different driver assistance system settings.

Comfort and Convenience
Adjusts different comfort and convenience settings.

Lighting
Adjusts different lighting settings.

Power Door Locks
Adjusts different door lock settings. Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Adjusts different remote lock settings. Seating Position

Adjusts different seat settings.

Teen Driver

See Teen Driver page 169.

Valet Mode
This will lock the infotainment system and steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

  1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.
  2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation screen.
  3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Touch Back to go back to the previous menu.

Personal

If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of different user profile settings. See “Users” in Using the System page 134 for information on setting up user profiles.

The menu may contain the following:

Name
Edit your user name that will be displayed in the vehicle.

Vehicle Account Information
View the vehicle account information and to change the account password.

An “unverified user account” pop-up will display until the account information verification process has been completed on the Internet. Check your registered e-mail account for an activation e-mail to complete the verification process.

Profile Picture
Choose or change your profile picture.

Profile Identifiers
Have the vehicle recognize the identifier you choose.

If the remote key is lost or stolen, see your dealer.

Security
Have your profile secured with a PIN.

Vehicle Name
Edit the vehicle name.

Vehicle Account
View the vehicle account information and to change the account password.

Delete Profile
Remove the profile from the vehicle.

Teen Driver
If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be registered for beginner drivers to encourage safe driving habits. When the vehicle is started with a Teen Driver key, it will automatically activate certain safety systems, allow setting of some features, and limit the use of others. The Report Card will record vehicle data about driving behavior that can be viewed later. When the vehicle is started with a registered key, the Driver Information Center (DIC) displays a message that Teen Driver is active.

To access:

  1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver.
  2. Create a Personal Identification Number (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN.

Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change the PIN, touch Change PIN.

The PIN is required to:

  • Set up/Add or remove keys.
  • Change Teen Driver setting.
  • Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN.
  • Access or delete Report Card data.

Set up/Add keys to activate Teen Driver and assign restrictions to the key:

Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a maximum of eight keys. Label the key to tell it apart from the other keys.

For a pushbutton start system:

  1. Start the Vehicle.
  2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle must be in P (Park). For manual transmissions, the vehicle must be stopped with the parking brake set.
  3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle and then Teen Driver.
  4. Enter the PIN.

Place the remote key you wish to register in the transmitter pocket. The key does not need to be the one that

started the vehicle. See Remote Key Operation 07 for transmitter pocket location.

  1. From the Teen Driver menu, touch Setup Keys or Add/Remove Teen Driver Keys.
  • If the remote key has not previously been registered, the option to add the key displays. Touch Add and a confirmation message displays. Teen Driver restrictions will be applied whenever this remote key is used to operate the vehicle.
  • If the remote key has already been registered, the option to remove the key displays. If Remove is touched, the remote key is no longer registered. A confirmation message displays, and Teen Driver restrictions will not be applied if this remote key is used to operate the vehicle.

In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key are both present at start up, the vehicle will recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not be active.

For a keyed ignition system:

  1. Start the vehicle.
  2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle must be in P (Park). For manual transmissions, the vehicle must be stopped with the parking brake set.
  3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle and then Teen Driver.
  4. Enter the PIN.
  5. Touch Setup Keys or Add/Remove Teen Driver Keys. The system displays instructions for registering or unregistering a key. A confirmation message displays.

Manage Settings or Teen Driver Settings

Depending on the options of your vehicle, the following menu items may be displayed:

Buckle to Drive : When turned ON, Buckle to Drive prevents the driver from shifting out of P (Park) for a period of time after the brake pedal is pressed if the driver, or on some vehicles the detected passenger, has not buckled their seat belt. On some vehicles, Buckle to Drive is always ON when Teen Driver is active and is not configurable.

Audio Volume Limit : Allows a maximum audio volume to be set. Turn the audio volume limit on or off. Use the arrows to choose the maximum allowable level for the audio volume. On some infotainment systems, touch Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the maximum allowable audio volume level.

Set Audio Volume Limit : Use the arrows to choose the maximum allowable level for the audio volume.

Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the maximum speed of the vehicle. When the speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC displays a message that the top speed is limited.

On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum acceleration will be limited. The DIC will display a message that the acceleration is limited.

Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a warning in the DIC when exceeding a selectable speed. Turn the speed warning on or off and choose the desired speed warning level. The speed warning does not limit the speed of the vehicle. On some infotainment systems, touch Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the warning speed.

Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Choose the desired speed warning level. The speed warning does not limit the speed of the vehicle.

SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. When ON, the teen driver will not be able to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain explicit content, and the Explicit Content Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be unavailable for change.

When Teen Driver is Active:

  • If equipped, the radio will mute when the driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The audio from any device paired to the vehicle will also be muted.
  • An object placed on the front passenger seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device, could cause the passenger sensing system to falsely sense an unbuckled front passenger and mute the radio.

If this happens, remove the object from the seat. See Passenger Sensing System page 60.

Some safety systems, such as Automatic Emergency Braking, if equipped, cannot be turned off.
The gap setting for Adaptive Cruise Control and alert timing for Forward Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be When trying to change a safety feature that is not configurable in Teen Driver, the feature may be grayed out or removed from the infotainment menu, or the DIC will display a message indicating that Teen Driver is active and the action is not available.

Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available.
Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped)

  • When the vehicle is low on fuel, the low fuel light on the instrument cluster flashes and the DIC low fuel warning cannot be dismissed.
  • Do not tow a trailer if equipped with Automatic Emergency Braking.

Report Card
The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s consent to record certain vehicle data when the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen Driver key. There is one Report Card per vehicle. Data is only recorded when a registered Teen Driver key is used to operate the vehicle.

The Report Card data is collected from the time Teen Driver is activated or the last time the Report Card was reset. The following items may be recorded:

  • Distance Driven – the total distance
  • Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle speed detected.
  • Overspeed Warnings – the number of times the speed warning setting was exceeded.
  • Wide Open Throttle – the number of times the accelerator pedal was pressed nearly all the way down.
  • Forward Collision Alerts (if equipped) – the number of times the driver was notified when approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly and at potential risk for a crash.
  • Forward Automatic Braking, also called Automatic Emergency Braking (if equipped) – the number of times the vehicle detected that a forward collision was imminent and applied the brakes.
  • Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – the number of times the vehicle detected that a rearward collision was imminent and applied the brakes.
  • Traction Control – the number of times the Traction Control System activated to reduce wheel spin or loss of traction.
  • Stability Control – the number of events which required the use of electronic stability control.
  • Antilock Braking System Active – The number of Antilock Brake System
  • Tailgating Alerts (if equipped)– the number of times the driver was alerted for following a vehicle ahead too closely.

Report Card Data
Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until the Report Card is reset or until the maximum count is exceeded. If the maximum count is exceeded for a Report Card line item, that item will no longer be updated in the Report Card until it is reset. Each item will report a maximum of 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi).

To delete Report Card data, do one of the following:

  • From the Report Card display, touch Reset.
  • Touch Clear PIN and All Teen Driver Keys from the Teen Driver This will also unregister any Teen Driver keys and delete the PIN.

Forgotten PIN
See your dealer to reset the PIN.

Trademarks and License Agreements

FCC Information

See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 25

“Made for iPhone,” means that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPhone, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPhone may affect wireless  performance. iPhone are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 24

Trial length and service availability may vary by model, model year or trim. Service will automatically stop at the end of your trial subscription period unless you decide to continue service. If you do not wish to enjoy your trial, you can cancel by calling the number below. All SiriusXM services require a subscription, each sold separately by SiriusXM after the trial period. Service subject to the applicable SiriusXM Customer Agreement and Privacy Policy, visit www.siriusxm.com (USA) or www.siriusxm.ca (Canada) to see complete terms and how to cancel which includes calling 1-866-635-2349 (USA) or 1-888-539-7474 (Canada). Some services and features are subject to device capabilities and location availability. Content varies by SiriusXM subscription package. All fees, content and features are subject to change.

SiriusXM with 360L: Some features, including steaming content and listening recommendations, require an active OnStar Connected Access plan and may vary by vehicle model. Content varies by SiriusXM subscription plan. GM connected vehicle services vary by vehicle model and require active service plan, working electrical system, cell reception and GPS signal. See onstar.com for details and limitations.

SiriusXM, Pandora, Stitchery and all related logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. and its respective subsidiaries.

SiriusXM satellite service is only available in the 48 contiguous United States (and Puerto Rico with limited availability) and Canada.

In Canada: Some deterioration of service may occur in extreme northern latitudes. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM.

Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with an “XL” preceding the channel name.

Family-friendly packages are available by contacting SiriusXM:

It is prohibited to copy, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, manipulate, or otherwise make available any technology or software incorporated in receivers compatible with the SiriusXM Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any of its content.

General Requirements:

  1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is required for any product that incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to be manufactured, distributed, or marketed in the SiriusXM Service Area.
  2. For products to be distributed, marketed, and/or sold in Canada, a separate agreement is required with Sirius XM Canada Inc.

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 26

TouchSense Technology and TouchSense System 1000 Series Licensed from Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System 1000 protected under one or more of the U.S. Patents at the following address www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html and other patents pending.

Bose
Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint surround are registered trademarks of Bose Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.

Bluetooth
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

Java
Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.

MPEG4–AVC (H.264)
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC

VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE https://www.mpegla.com

VC-1
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE https://www.mpegla.com

MPEG4–Visual
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.

MP3
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.

WMV/WMA
This product includes technology owned by Microsoft Corporation and under a license from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft Licensing, GP as applicable.

Map End User License Agreement
END USER TERMS
The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms (this “End User License Agreement”) and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one

hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®.

HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.

© United States Postal Service 2013. Prices are not established, controlled, or approved by the United States Postal Service. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Personal Use Only: You agree to use this Data for the solely personal, noncommercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, timesharing or other similar purposes. Except as otherwise set forth herein, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof.

Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by HERE and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with, or in communication with, including without limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

Warning
This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used, and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty
This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations, or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free.

Disclaimer of Warranty
THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

Disclaimer of Liability
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

Export Control
You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations. Entire Agreement: These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between HERE (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law
The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for any and all disputes, claims, and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

Government End Users
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and be treated in accordance with such Notice:

Buick Enclave 2023 Infotainment System User Manual 27

NOTICE OF USE

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME:

HERE North America, LLC

CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) ADDRESS:

425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL 60606.

This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User License Agreement under which this Data was provided.

© 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights reserved.

If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

Unicode
Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms of Use in https://www.unicode.org/copyright.html.

Free Type Project
Portions of this software are copyright © 2010 The FreeType Project (https://www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.

Open Source SW
Further information concerning the OSS licenses is shown in the infotainment display.

QNX
Portions of this software are copyright © 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights reserved.

Part C – EULA
Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved.

The product you have purchased (“Product”) contains Software (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; “Software”) which is distributed by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer “Manufacturer”) under license from Software Systems Co. (“QSSC”). You may only use the Software in the Product and in compliance with the license terms below.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Software in the Product for the purpose intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, you may make one backup copy of the Software as part of the Product software.

QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 rights not expressly granted herein, and retain all right, title and interest in and to all copies of the Software, including all intellectual property rights therein. Unless required by applicable law you may not reproduce, distribute or transfer, or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, modify or create derivative works of, the Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels or marks in or on the Software, and to ensure that all copies bear any notice contained on the original; and (2) not to export the Product or the Software in contravention of applicable export control laws.

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE.

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

WMA
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.

For more information on the Software, including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as copyright attributions applicable to the Runtime Configuration indicated above, please contact the Manufacturer or contact QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 (licensing@qnx.com).

Linotype
Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.

Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is:

The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at https://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/trademarks.html.

END USER NOTICE
The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product.

Useful Links

View Full Manual:Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Manual: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual

Lighting

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 01

The exterior lamp control is on the turn signal lever.
Turn the control to the following positions:
Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 006Turns the exterior lamps off and deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn to O again to reactivate the AUTO mode.
If equipped, the headlamps may automatically reactivate when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO :
Automatically turns the exterior lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting.
Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 15Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the headlamps.

Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 14Turns on the headlamps together with the parking lamps and instrument panel lights

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns the vehicle’s high-beam headlamps on and off according to surrounding traffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beam headlamps on when it is dark enough and there is no other traffic present.

This lightBuick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 02 comes on in the instrument cluster when the IntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 02

To enable the IntelliBeam system, press Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 02 on the turn signal lever when it is dark outside and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO or Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 14. The blue high-beam on light appears on the instrument cluster when the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam
The system only activates the high beams when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph).
There is a sensor near the top center of the windshield that automatically controls the system. Keep this area of the windshield clear of debris to allow for best system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain on, under the automatic control, until one of the following situations occurs:

  • The system detects an approaching vehicle’s headlamps.
  • The system detects a preceding vehicle’s
  • The outside light is bright enough that high-beam headlamps are not required.
  • The vehicle’s speed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph).
  • The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the button on the turn signal lever. If this happens, press Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 02 on the turn signal lever when the exterior lamp control is in the AUTO or Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 14 position to reactivate the IntelliBeam system. The instrument cluster light will come on to indicate the IntelliBeam system is reactivated.

The high beams may not turn off automatically if the system cannot detect another vehicle’s lamps because of any of the following:

  • The other vehicle’s lamps are missing, damaged, obstructed from view, or otherwise undetected.
  • The other vehicle’s lamps are covered with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.
    • The other vehicle’s lamps cannot be detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other airborne
    • The vehicle’s windshield is dirty, cracked, or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor.
    • The vehicle is loaded such that the front end points upward, causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps.
    • The vehicle is being driven on winding or hilly roads.
  • The IntelliBeam system may need to be disabled if any of the above conditions exist.
  • Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer
    Push the turn signal lever away from you and release, to turn the high beams on. To return to low beams, push the lever again or pull it toward you and release.
  • Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 04
  • This indicator light turns on in the instrument cluster when the high-beam headlamps are on.
  • Flash-to-Pass
  • The flash-to-pass feature works with the low beams or Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) on or off. To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal lever toward you momentarily and then release it.
  • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
    DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. The DRL system comes on in daylight when the following conditions are met:

    • The ignition is on.
    • The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.
    • The light sensor determines it is daytime.
  • When the DRL are on, the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lights, and other lamps will not be on. The DRL turn off when the headlamps are turned to O or the ignition is off. For vehicles sold in Canada, this control only works when the vehicle is parked .The regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed.
  • Automatic Headlamp System
    When the exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the headlamps come on automatically.Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 03
  • There is a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the headlamps will come on when they are not needed. The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel.
  • If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the automatic headlamp system comes on immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control page 127.
  • When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to DRL.
  • The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 006 or the ignition is off.
  • Lights On with Wipers
    If the windshield wipers are activated in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking lamps, and other exterior lamps come on. The transition time for the lamps coming on varies based on wiper speed. When the wipers are not operating, these lamps turn off. Move the exterior lamp control to Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 006  disable this feature.
  • Hazard Warning Flashers
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 04
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 002 Press to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. This warns others that you are having trouble.
    Press Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 002 again to turn the flashers off.

Turn and Lane-Change Signals

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 05

Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold it there until the lane change is complete. If the lever is moved momentarily to the lane change position, the arrow will flash three times. It will flash six times if Tow/ Haul Mode is active.

The lever returns to its starting position when it is released.
If after signaling a turn or lane change, the arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out.

Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Instrument Panel Fuse Block page 281.

Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination Control

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 05

This feature adjusts the brightness of all illuminated controls. The instrument panel illumination control is next to the exterior lamp control.

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 001Move the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the lights.

The thumbwheel is functional at night, or when the headlamps or parking lamps are on.

The knob is functional at night, or when the headlamps or parking lamps are ON.

Courtesy Lamps
The courtesy lamps come on when any door is openedBuick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 2 on the remote key is pressed, or when the vehicle is turned off. See Dome Lamps 0128.

Dome LampsBuick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 07

The dome lamp controls are in the overhead console.

To operate, press the following buttons:
OFF Press to turn off the dome lamps when any door is opened,Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 2 on the remote key is pressed, or when the vehicle is turned off. An indicator light on the button will turn on when the dome lamp override is activated. Press  OFF again to deactivate this feature and the indicator light will turn off.
Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 1ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps on or off manually.

Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the overhead console and over the rear seats. These lamps come on when any door is opened.

Front Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the overhead console.

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 08

Press the lamp lenses to turn the front reading lamps on or off.

Rear Reading Lamps
The rear reading lamps are over the rear seats.

Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual09

Press the lamp lens to turn the rear passenger reading lamps on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry Lighting
The interior lamps turn on when pressing Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 2 on the remote key or opening any doors, and the dome lamp control is in the door position.

Some exterior lamps also turn on when pressing Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 2 on the remote key or opening any doors. Low-Beam lamps will only turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting.

All lamps will gradually fade out after about 30 seconds.

Entry lighting can be disabled manually by closing all doors, pressing  on the remote key, or starting the vehicle.

This feature can be changed. On the infotainment home page, select the Settings icon T Vehicle T Vehicle Locator Lights.

Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior lamps turn on when the driver door is opened after the vehicle is turned off.

The exterior and interior lamps remain on for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off.

The interior lights turn on when the vehicle is turned off.

The exterior lamps turn off immediately by turning the exterior lamp control off.

This feature can be changed. On the infotainment home screen, select the Settings icon T Vehicle T Exit Lighting.

Battery Load Management
The vehicle has Electric Power Management (EPM) that estimates the battery’s temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery.

When the battery’s state of charge is low, the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up. When the state of charge is high, the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging. If the vehicle has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage display on the Driver Information Center (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or down. This is normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. This is because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all of the power needed for very high electrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on, such as: headlamps, high beams, rear window defogger, climate control fan at high speed, heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads plugged into accessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator’s output and the vehicle’s electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories.

Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a DIC message might be displayed and it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible.

See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or
Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115

Battery Power Protection
This feature helps prevent the battery from being drained, if the interior courtesy lamps or reading lamps are accidentally left on.

If any of these lamps are left on, they automatically turn off after 10 minutes, if the ignition is off. The lamps will not come back on again until one of the following occurs:

  • The ignition is turned on.
  • The doors are closed and then re-opened.

Exterior Lighting Battery Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the vehicle is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the Buick Enclave 2023 Lighting User Manual 006 position and then back to the Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 15 or Buick Encore GX 2023 Lighting User Manual 14 position.

To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the vehicle must be on or in accessory mode.

Useful Link

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Link: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual

Controls

Steering Wheel Adjustment

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 02

To adjust the steering wheel:

  1. Pull the lever
  2. Move the steering wheel up or down.
  3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or away from you.
  4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 01

To adjust the steering wheel, if equipped:

  1. Press the control up or down to tilt the steering wheel up or down.
  2. Press the control forward or rearward to move the steering wheel closer or away from you.

Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.

Heated Steering Wheel

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 03

If equipped, press to turn on or off.

A light near the button displays when the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes about three minutes to reach maximum heat.

Automatic Heated Steering Wheel
If equipped with remote start, the heated steering wheel may turn on automatically during a remote start along with the heated seats when it is cold outside. The heated steering wheel indicator light may not come on.

If equipped with auto heated seats, the heated steering wheel may turn on when the auto heated seat is activated. The heated steering wheel indicator will follow the state of the steering wheel heat.

See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats page 42. To turn this feature on or off, select Settings

  • Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience > Heated Steering Wheel > Select ON or OFF.

Horn

Press a on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 04

With the ignition on or in accessory mode, move the windshield wiper lever to select the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 06

AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense, use this setting for intermittent wipes when Rainsense is disabled, or Rainsense wipes when Rainsense is enabled. For intermittent wipes, move the windshield wiper lever to AUTO, then turn the band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is turned on, see “Rainsense” later in this section.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 08

INT : Move the windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn the band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Pull the windshield wiper lever toward you to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the windshield wipers. The wipers will continue until the lever is released or the maximum wash time is reached. When the windshield wiper lever is released, additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield washer had been activated. See Washer Fluid page 269 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir.

Warning
In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision..

Before driving the vehicle, always clear snow and ice from the hood, windshield, washer nozzles, roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all lamps and windows. Reduced visibility from snow and ice buildup could lead to a crash.

Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and windshield before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged blades should be replaced.

Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor.

Wiper Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they will immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is then moved to OFF before the driver door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense

If equipped with Rainsense and the feature is turned on, a sensor near the top center of the windshield detects the amount of water on the windshield and controls the frequency of the windshield wiper based on the current sensitivity setting.

Keep this area of the windshield clear of debris to allow for best system performance.

AUTO : Move the windshield wiper lever to AUTO. Turn the band on the wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 09

 

  • Turn the band up for more sensitivity to moisture.
  • Turn the band down for less sensitivity to moisture.
  • Move the windshield wiper lever out of the AUTO position to deactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on or off, select Settings > Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience > Rainsense Wipers > Select ON or OFF.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash, move the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This disables the automatic Rainsense windshield wipers.

With Rainsense, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers will automatically stop at the base of the windshield.

The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 10

The rear window wiper/washer controls are on the end of the windshield wiper lever.

Turn the controls to adjust the setting.

OFF : Turns the wiper off.
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a delay between wipes.
ON : Turns on the rear wiper.

Push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear window. The wipers will clear the rear window and either stop or return to your preset speed. For more washer cycles, press and hold the lever.

The rear window wiper/washer will not operate if the liftgate is open or ajar. If the liftgate is opened while the rear wiper is on, the wiper returns to the parked position and stops.

Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash, move the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper will automatically park.

The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased.

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, the rear wiper will automatically operate continuously when the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and the front windshield wiper is performing low or high speed wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the vehicle is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing interval wipes, then the rear wiper automatically performs interval wipes.

This feature can be turned on or off. Go to Settings > Vehicle > Comfort and Convenience > Reverse Gear Wipes > Select ON or OFF.

The windshield washer reservoir is used for the windshield and the rear window. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if either washer is not working. See Washer Fluid page 269.

Rear Camera Washer

If equipped, push the windshield wiper lever forward to spray washer fluid on the rear camera lens. The lever returns to its starting position when released. See Rear Camera Mirror page 28.

Compass

The vehicle may have a compass display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives its heading and other information from the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed to operate for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS satellites. When the compass display shows CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in

an open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system will automatically determine when a GPS signal is restored and provide a heading again.

Clock

Set the time and date using the infotainment system. See “Time/Date” under Settings page 166.

Power Outlets

Power Outlets 12-Volt Direct Current

The vehicle has two 12-volt outlets that can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 12

  • The power outlets are located:
  • Under the front of the center console.
  • In the rear cargo area

Lift the cover to access the outlet and replace when not in use.

Warning
Power is always supplied to the rear cargo power outlet. Do not leave electrical equipment plugged in when the vehicle is not in use because the vehicle could catch fire and cause injury or death.

Caution
Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the ignition is off will drain the battery. Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 15 amp rating.

Certain accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle and adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment page 256.

Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. The power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only, such as cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110V/120V Alternating Current
If equipped with this power outlet it can be used to plug in electrical equipment that uses a maximum limit of 150 watts.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 13

The power outlet is on the rear of the center console.

An indicator light on the outlet turns on to show it is in use. The light comes on when the ignition is on, equipment requiring less than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, and no system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come on when the ignition is off or if the equipment is not fully seated into the outlet.

If equipment is connected using more than 150 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply and the indicator light turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) off and then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) page 204. The power restarts when equipment using 150 watts or less is plugged into the outlet and a system fault is not detected.

The power outlet is not designed for and may not work properly, if the following are plugged in:

  • Equipment with high initial peak wattage, such as compressor-driven refrigerators and electric power tools
    Other equipment requiring an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets and touch sensor lamps
    Medical equipment

Wireless Charging

If equipped and enabled, the vehicle has wireless charging in the storage bin in front of the floor console. The system operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible smartphone. The power output of the system is capable of charging at a rate up to 3 amp (15 W), as requested by the compatible smartphone. See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Warning
Wireless charging may affect the operation of an implanted pacemaker or other medical devices. If you have one, it is recommended to consult with your doctor before using the wireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in accessory mode, or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be active. The wireless charging feature may not correctly indicate charging when the vehicle is in RAP, during a Bluetooth phone call, or when phone projection (e.g. Apple CarPlay / Android Auto) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) page 204.

The operating temperature is −40 °C (−40 °F) to 85 °C (185 °F) for the charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.

A charging stopped alert may be displayed on the infotainment screen, if the wireless charger or smartphone are outside of normal operating temperature. Charging will automatically resume when a normal operating temperature is reached operating temperature is reached.

Warning
Remove all objects from the charger before charging your compatible smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, rings, paper clips, or cards, between the smartphone and charger may become very hot.
On the rare occasion that the charging system does not detect an object, and the object gets wedged between the smartphone and charger, remove the smartphone and allow the object to cool before removing it from the charger, to prevent burns.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 14

To charge a compatible smartphone:

  1. Confirm the smartphone is capable of wireless charging.
  2. Remove all objects from the charging pad. The system may not charge if there are any objects between the smartphone and charger.
  3. Place the smartphone face up against the rear of the charger.
    To maximize the charge rate, ensure the smartphone is fully seated and centered in the holder with nothing under it.
    A thick smartphone case may prevent the charger from working, or reduce the charging performance. See your dealer for additional information.
  4. A green will appear on the infotainment display, next to the phone icon. This indicates that the smartphone is detected.
  5. If a smartphone is placed on the charger and turns off or turns yellow, remove the smartphone and any objects from the pad. Turn the smartphone  180 degrees and wait a few seconds before placingBuick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 001 aligning it on the pad again.
  6.  If a smartphone is placed on the charger and ] turns red, the charger and Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 001 or the smartphone is overheated. Remove the smartphone and any objects from the charger in order to cool the system.
    The smartphone may become warm during charging. This is normal. In warmer temperatures, the speed of charging may be reduced.
    For vehicles with wireless phone projection, the smartphone may overheat during wireless charging. The smartphone may slow down, stop charging, or shut down to protect the battery. The phone may need to be removed from its case to prevent overheating. The ] may flash while the phone is cooling down enough for wireless charging to automatically resume. This is normal. Individual phone performance may  Software Acknowledgement Certain Wireless Charging Module product from LG Electronics, Inc. (“LGE”) contains the open source software detailed below. Refer to the indicated open source licenses (as are included following this notice) for the terms and conditions of their use.

OSS Notice Information
To obtain the source code that is contained in this product, please visit https://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for three (3) years from the date on which you purchased the product.

Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury.

Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. .

Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 15

  1. Tachometer page 101
  2. Fuel Gauge page 101

English Base Level Shown, Metric Similar

  1. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or

Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays.

Press S or T to access the cluster applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll through the list of available features within the applications. Not all applications or

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge page 103

  1. Speedometer page 101

Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115

features will be available on all vehicles. Some may be temporarily restricted when the vehicle is off.

  • Home Page
  • Info This is where the selected Driver Information Center (DIC) displays can be viewed. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or
    Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
  • Audio
  • Navigation
  • Phone
  • Options

Home
Press S or T to select the Home Page.

The home page is a view of information that can be turned on or off by the driver via the Home Page settings in the Options menu.

Audio
Press S or T to select the Audio menu. In the Audio menu browse for music, select from the favorites, or change the audio source. Use the thumbwheel to change the station or go to the next or previous track.

Navigation
Press S or T to select the Navigation menu. If there is no active route, you can resume the last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active route, press the thumbwheel to cancel or resume route guidance or turn the voice prompts on or off.

Phone
Press S or T to select the Phone menu. In the Phone menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, or scroll through contacts. If there is an active call, mute the phone or switch to handset operation.

Options
Press S or T to select the Options menu. Use the thumbwheel to scroll y or z through items in the Options menu.

Traction and Stability : Press T to enter the Traction and Stability menu. To turn the Traction Control System (TCS) on or off, choose Traction. To turn StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on or off, choose Stability. See Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control 0 213.

Units : While the Options application is highlighted, Use the thumbwheel to select Units, then press the thumbwheel to enter the Units menu. If equipped, choose English, Imperial, or metric units by pressing the thumbwheel while the desired item is highlighted. A checkmark will be displayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : While the Options application is highlighted, use the thumbwheel to scroll to select Info Pages, then press the thumbwheel to enter the Info Pages menu.

Home Page Options : Select the available elements to display. Not all elements will be available on all vehicles: Speedometer, Active Safety, Speed Sign, Time, Temperature, and Fuel Range.

Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display allows the driver to set a speed that they do not want to exceed. While the Options application is highlighted, use the thumbwheel to select Speed Warning, then press the thumbwheel to enter the Speed Warning menu.

Use the thumbwheel to adjust the value and press to set the speed.

Software Information : Displays open source software information.

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 17English Uplevel Touring Theme Shown, Metric Similar

  1. Engine Oil Temperature Gauge (Uplevel Only) page 102
  2. Speedometer page 101
  3. Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel Only) page 103
  4. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge page 103
  5. Fuel Gauge page 101
  6. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or
    Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115
  7. Tachometer page 101

Cluster Menu
There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 18

Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays.

Press S to access the cluster applications.
Use the thumbwheel to scroll through the list of available applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles.

  • Info App. This is where the selected Driver Information Center (DIC) displays can be viewed. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or
    Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115.
  • Audio
  • Navigation
  • Phone
  • Options
  • Audio

Press the thumbwheel to select the Audio app, then press T to enter the Audio menu. In the Audio menu browse for music, select from the favorites, or change the audio source. Use the thumbwheel to change the station or go to the next or previous track.

Navigation
Press the thumbwheel to select the Navigation app, then press T to enter the Navigation menu. If there is no active route, you can resume the last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active route, press the thumbwheel to cancel or resume route guidance or turn the voice prompts on or off.

Phone
Press the thumbwheel to select the Phone app, then press T to enter the Phone menu. In the Phone menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, or scroll

through contacts. If there is an active call, mute the phone or switch to handset operation.

Options
Press the thumbwheel to select the Options app, then press T to enter the Options menu. Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items in the Options menu.

Traction and Stability : Press T to enter the Traction and Stability menu. To turn the Traction Control System (TCS) on or off, choose Traction. To turn StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on or off, choose Stability. See Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control page 213.

Units : Press T while Units is displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose English, Imperial, or metric units by pressing the thumbwheel while the desired item is highlighted. A checkmark will be displayed next to the selected item.

Display Themes : There are two instrument cluster display configurations to choose from: Sport and Touring.

Info Pages : Press T while Info Pages is displayed to enter the Info Pages menu and select the items to be displayed in the Info app. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or

Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115.

Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display allows the driver to set a speed that they do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning press T when Speed Warning is displayed.

Scroll to set speed and press T. Use the thumbwheel to adjust the value and press to set the speed.

Once the speed is set, this feature can be turned off by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing this page. If the selected speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed with a chime.

Software Information : Displays open source software information.

Head-up Display (HUD) Rotation :
If equipped, this feature allows for adjusting the angle of the HUD image. Press the V on the steering wheel controls while.

Head-up Display Rotation is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Press w or x to adjust

the angle of the HUD display. Press the V to save the setting or press o to cancel the setting. The vehicle must be in P (Park).

Speedometer
The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

Odometer
The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles.

Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) page 113 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) page 115.

Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, when the ignition is on, the tachometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the vehicle is on and can move. The engine could auto start at any time. When the indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, the tachometer will indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when the engine is shutting off and restarting.

Fuel Gauge

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 19

Metric Base Level

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 20

English Base Level

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 21

Metric Uplevel

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 004

English Uplevel

When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuel gauge pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon.

The fuel gauge may:

  • Take a little more, or less fuel to fill up than it For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank is half full, but it actually will take a little more, or less than half the tank’s capacity to fill the tank.
  • Moves a little while turning a corner, speeding up, or braking.
  • Take a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off.

These are normal conditions, none of which indicate a problem with the fuel gauge.

Engine Oil Temperature Gauge (Uplevel Only)

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 005

MetricDodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 006

Metric

This gauge shows the engine oil temperature.

If the gauge pointer moves into the high end, it means that the engine oil has overheated. If the vehicle has been operated under normal driving conditions, pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible.

See Engine Oil page 261.

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 22

Metric Base Level

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 23

English Base Level

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 24 Metric Uplevel

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 007English Uplevel

This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature.

If the pointer moves toward the warning area at the high end of the gauge, the engine is too hot.
If the engine coolant has overheated and the vehicle has been operating under normal driving conditions, pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating page 268.

Voltmeter Gauge (Uplevel Only)

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 26

When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates the battery voltage.
When the engine is running, this gauge shows the condition of the charging system. The gauge can transition from a higher to lower or a lower to higher reading. This is

normal. If the vehicle is operating outside the normal operating range, the charging system light comes on. See Charging System Light page 106.

Readings outside the normal operating range can also occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the charging system to create maximum power.

The vehicle can only be driven for a short time with the readings outside the normal operating range. If the vehicle must be driven, turn off all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner, and unplug all chargers and accessories.

Readings outside the normal operating range indicate a possible problem in the electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible.

Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light

There is a driver seat belt reminder light on the instrument cluster.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 27

When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind the driver to fasten their seat belt.

Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the light nor the chime comes on.

Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light

The vehicle may have a front passenger seat belt reminder light near the passenger airbag status indicator.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 29

When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their seat belt.

Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if the front passenger remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on.

The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may come on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt.

Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. It is located in the instrument cluster. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), the passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System page 55.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 30

The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately.

Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away.

If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System page 60 for important safety information. The overhead console has a passenger airbag status indicator.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 31

When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, and the symbols for on and off, for several seconds as a system check. Then, after several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, and either the on or off symbol, to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON, and the on symbol, are lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front outboard passenger frontal airbag is allowed to inflate.

If the word OFF, and the off symbol, are lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service.

Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light page 104 for more information, including important safety information.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on, but the engine is not running, as a check to show the light is working. It should go out when the engine is started.

If the light stays on, or comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the electrical charging system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on could drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays a message.

If a short distance must be driven with the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a safe place to stop the vehicle.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s emission control on-board diagnostic system. If this light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it is working when the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition Positions page 200.

Malfunctions are often indicated by the system before any problem is noticeable. Being aware of the light and seeking service promptly when it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system may not work as well, the fuel economy may be lower, and the vehicle may not run smoothly. This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Modifications to the engine, transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the use of replacement tires that do not meet the original tire specifications, can cause this light to come on. This could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications page 258.

If the light is flashing : A malfunction has been detected that could damage the emission control system and increase vehicle emissions. Diagnosis and service may be required.

To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find a safe place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the previous guidelines and see your dealer for service as soon as possible.

If the light is on steady : A malfunction has been detected. Diagnosis and service may be required.

Check the following:

  • If fuel has been added to the vehicle using the capless fuel funnel adapter, make sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” under Filling the Tank page 243. The diagnostic system can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few driving trips with the adapter removed may turn off the
  • Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient engine operation and poor driveability, which may go away once the engine is warmed If this occurs, change the fuel brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. See Recommended Fuel page 243.

If the light remains on, see your dealer.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test, the test equipment will likely connect to the vehicle’s Data Link Connector (DLC).

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 008

The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. Connecting devices that are not used to perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment page 256. See your dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not pass inspection if:

  • The light is on when the engine is running.
  • The light does not come on when the ignition is in Service Mode.
  • Critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has recently been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently serviced. See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass or cannot be made ready for the test.

Brake System Warning Light

  • Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 58
  • Metric
  • Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 56
  • English

     

    This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on to show that the light is working. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.

  • If the light comes on and stays on, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away. This light may come on if the brake fluid is low. See Brake Fluid page 270.If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal might be harder to push, or the brake pedal may go closer to the floor. It could take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See Transporting a Disabled Vehicle page 311.Warning
    The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash.
    If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for service.

Electric Parking Brake Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 32

Metric

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 33

English Uplevel

This light comes on when the parking brake is applied. If the light continues flashing after the parking brake is released, or while driving, there is a problem with the Electric Parking Brake system. A message may also display in the Driver Information Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on, or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric Parking Brake Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 34

 

This light may come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem.

If this light stays on or comes on while driving, there is a problem with the Electric Parking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to a dealer as soon as possible. In addition to the parking brake, other safety functions that utilize the EPB may also be degraded.

A message may also display in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Electric Parking Brake page 211.

Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 53

 

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on to show that the light is working. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.

If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. A chime may also sound when the light stays on.

If the ABS warning light is the only light on, the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is not functioning.

If both the ABS warning light and the brake system warning light are on, ABS is not functioning and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See your dealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light page 107.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60

If equipped, the Lane Keep Assist Light may display the following colors:

  • Blank: LKA is disable.
  • White: Appears when the vehicle starts. A steady white light indicates that LKA is not ready to assist.
  • Green: Appears when LKA is turned on and ready to assist. LKA will gently turn the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking.
  • Amber: Appears when LKA is active. The light flashes amber as a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert to indicate that the lane marking has been unintentionally crossed. If the system detects you are steering intentionally (to pass or change lanes), the LDW alert may not display.
  • LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, braking, or actively steering. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) page 240.Vehicle Ahead Indicator
  • Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 0010

If equipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System page 233.

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 0011

If equipped, this indicator will display amber when a nearby pedestrian is detected in front of the vehicle.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System page 237.

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 0018

Traction Off Light

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 0016

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on to show that the light is working. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.
The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off. If StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.

If TCS is off, wheel slip during acceleration is not limited unless necessary to help protect the driveline from damage. Adjust driving accordingly.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 0017

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on to show that the light is working. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.

This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control page 213.

If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust driving accordingly.

Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak Light

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 0018

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle is turned on to show that the light is working. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.

If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system are not fully operational and may not assist in maintaining control. Adjust driving accordingly. If the condition persists, see your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver Information Center (DIC) message may display.

The light flashes when the TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.

See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control page 213.

Driver Mode Control Light

Dodge Challenger 2023 Instrument Panel User Manual 0012

This light comes on when Sport Mode is selected.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 64

This light comes on when the Tow/Haul Mode is selected.

See Driver Mode Control page 215.

Tire Pressure Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 64

If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly when the vehicle is started. It provides information about tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly underinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also display. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure page 290.

When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on every time the vehicle is started. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation page 293.

Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution

Driving the vehicle with low engine oil pressure can damage the engine and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
If the engine oil pressure light comes on while driving:

  1. Stop in a safe location and turn off the engine.
  2. Check the oil level. See Engine Oil page 261.
  3. Add oil if the oil level is below the normal operating range.
  4. Restart the vehicle. If the engine oil pressure light stays on for more than 10 seconds, turn the vehicle back off. Do not restart the vehicle. See your dealer for service.Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 65

This light should come on briefly when the engine starts. When the engine is off and the vehicle is on, the light should remain illuminated. If it does not come on under either condition, contact your dealer. If the light comes on and stays on when the engine is running, it may not have adequate oil pressure. The oil level may be low or there may be some other oil system problem. Turn the engine off when it is safe to do so and contact your dealer.

Low Fuel Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 53

A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working.
It also comes on when the fuel gauge indicator nears empty. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 35

The security light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation page 26.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 59

IntelliBeam Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 60

This light comes on when the IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls page 124.

Lamps On Reminder

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 65

This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use, except when only the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Lamp Controls page 124.

Cruise Control Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 36

The cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control page 216.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 38

This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set and active.

See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) page 218.

Door Ajar Light

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 38

Base Level Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 39

Uplevel

This light comes on when a door is open or not securely latched. Before driving, check that all doors are properly closed.

Information Displays

Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level)

The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99. The displays show the status of many vehicle systems.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 40

S or T : Press to move left or right between the interactive display zones in the cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select.

y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to select.

DIC Info Page Options
The info pages on the DIC can be turned on or off through the Options menu.

  1. Press S or T to scroll to the Options
  2. Use the thumbwheel to scroll y or z to the Info Page Options and press the thumbwheel.
  3. Use the thumbwheel to scroll y or z through the list of possible information
  4. Press the thumbwheel while an item is highlighted to select or deselect that item. When an item is selected, a checkmark will appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages
The following is the list of all possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your particular vehicle. Some items may not be turned on by default but can be turned on through the Options app. See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). If equipped, press T to open the menu and select to display speed limit signs.

Trip A or Trip B : Shows the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last reset.
This also shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated

based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change.

Press and hold the thumbwheel while this display is active to reset the trip odometer and the average fuel economy. Trip A and Trip B can also be reset by pressing k and choosing reset.

Fuel Range : Shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. LOW will be displayed when the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Remaining Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil’s remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. The oil should be changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil page 261. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

The Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life display at any time other than when the oil has just been changed.

It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life System page 263.

Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure is low, the value for that tire is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System page 292 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation page 293.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Displays the current fuel economy in liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the approximate fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and changes frequently as driving conditions change. This display cannot be reset.

Average Vehicle Speed : Displays the average vehicle speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This average is based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset. Reset the average speed by pressing the thumbwheel when it is displayed.

Fuel Economy : The center displays the approximate instantaneous fuel economy as a number and bar graph. Displayed above the bar graph is a running average of fuel economy for the most recently traveled selected distance. Displayed below the bar graph is the best average fuel economy that has been achieved for the selected distance. The selected distance is displayed at the top of the page as “last xxx mi/km.”

Press T to select the distance or reset best value. Use y or z to choose the distance and press the thumbwheel. Scroll y or z to select “Reset Best Score.” Press the thumbwheel to reset the best average fuel economy. After reset, the best value displays “-,-” until the selected distance has been traveled.

The display provides information on how current driving behavior affects the running average and how well recent driving compares to the best that has been achieved for the selected distance.

Economy Trend : Shows history of the Average Fuel Economy from the last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar represents about 5 km (3 mi) of driving. During driving the bars will shift to always reflect the most recent distance on the right side. Press and hold the thumbwheel to clear the graph or press  to reset through the menu.

ECO Index : Provides feedback on the efficiency of current driving behavior. The bar graph shows a value that is based on current fuel consumption compared to what is expected from the vehicle with good and bad driving habits.

Timer : This display can be used as a timer. To start the timer, press the thumbwheel while this display is active. The display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was last reset. To stop the timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while this display is active and the timer is running. To reset the timer to zero, press and hold the thumbwheel while this display is active, or press T and select reset.

Speed Limit : Shows sign information, which comes from a roadway database in the on-board navigation, if equipped.

Battery Voltage : Displays the current battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage changes are normal while driving. See Charging System Light page 106. If there is a problem with the battery charging system, the DIC will display a message.

Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the temperature of the automatic transmission fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Blank Page : Shows no information.

Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99. The displays show the status of many vehicle systems.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 40

S or T : Press to move left or right between the interactive display zones in the cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select.

y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to select.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can be turned on or off through the Options menu.

  1. Press S to access the cluster
  2. Use the thumbwheel to scroll y or z to scroll to the Options application.
  3. Press the thumbwheel to enter the Options menu.
  4. Scroll to Info Pages and press T.
  5. Use the thumbwheel to scroll y or z through the list of possible information
  6. Press the thumbwheel while an item is highlighted to select or deselect that item. When an item is selected, a checkmark will appear next to it.
DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of all possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your particular vehicle. Some items may not be turned on by default but can be turned on through the Options app. See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in this section.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also shown on this page.

Speed Signs : Shows sign information, which comes from a roadway database in the on-board navigation.

Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel Economy, and Average Speed : Shows the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last reset.

The Average Fuel Economy display shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change.

The Average Speed display shows the average speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this value.

Press and hold the thumbwheel while this display is active to reset the trip odometer, the average fuel economy, and the average speed. Or press T and select reset in the menu.

Fuel Range and Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. LOW will be displayed when the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. The Instantaneous Fuel Economy display shows the current fuel economy in either liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the approximate fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and changes frequently as driving conditions change.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil’s remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. The oil should be changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil page 261. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended. See Maintenance Schedule page 324.

The Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life display at any time other than when the oil has just been changed.

It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life System page 263.

Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure is low, the value for that tire is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System page 292 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation page 293.

Air Filter Life : If equipped, shows an estimate of the engine air filter’s remaining useful life and the state of the system.

Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the current air filter life remains. Messages will display based on the engine air filter life and the state of the system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced at the time of the next oil change. When the REPLACE NOW message displays, the engine air filter should be replaced as soon as possible.

The Air Filter Life display must be reset after the engine air filter replacement. To reset, see Engine Air Filter Life System page 264.

Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel economy, the best fuel economy over the selected distance, and a bar graph showing instantaneous fuel economy.

Press T to change the selected distance. Press and hold the thumbwheel while this display is active to reset the best fuel economy and average fuel economy. This display can also be reset by selecting reset in the menu.

Timer and Fuel Used : Can be used as a timer. To start the timer, press the thumbwheel while this display is active. The display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was last reset. To stop the timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while this display is active and the timer is running. To reset the timer to zero, press and hold the thumbwheel while this display is active.
This also shows the number of liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used since the last reset of this menu item.

Following Distance : The following distance to a moving vehicle ahead is displayed as a time value on this page. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System page 233.

Economy Trend : Shows history of the Average Fuel Economy from the last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar represents about 5 km (3 mi) of driving. During driving the bars will shift to always reflect the most recent distance on the right side. Press and hold the thumbwheel to clear the graph or press T to reset through the menu.

Oil Temperature (Base Cluster) : Shows the current oil temperature in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Fahrenheit (°F). This display is available in the Performance app on the uplevel cluster.

Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and roll information, road wheel angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) status.

Blank Page : Shows no information.

Head-Up Display (HUD)
Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or too high in your field of view, it may take you more time to see things you need to see when it is dark outside. Be sure to keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view.

If equipped with HUD, some information concerning the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield. The image is projected through the HUD lens on top of the instrument panel. The information appears as an image focused out toward the front of the vehicle.

Caution
If you try to use the HUD image as a parking aid, you may misjudge the distance and damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can be displayed in various languages in some vehicles. The speedometer reading and other numerical values can be displayed in either English or metric units.

The language selection is changed through the radio and the units of measurement are changed through the instrument cluster. See Settings page 166 and “Options” under Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 42

HUD Display on the Windshield

The HUD may display some of the following vehicle information and vehicle messages or alerts:

  • Speed
  • Audio
  • Phone
  • Navigation
  • Performance
  • Driver Assistance Features
  • Vehicle Messages

Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in the HUD may be cleared by using the steering wheel controls. See Vehicle Messages page 120.

Some information shown may not be available on your vehicle if it is not equipped with these features.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 43

The HUD control is to the left of the steering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

  1. Adjust the driver
  2. Start the
  3. Use the following settings to adjust the HUD.

Press or lift to center the HUD image. The HUD image can only be adjusted up and down, not side to side.
Press to select the display view. Each press will change the display view.
Lift and hold to brighten the display. Press and hold to dim the display. Continue to hold to turn the display off.
The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for outside lighting. The HUD brightness control can also be adjusted as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD image harder to see.

Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option
This feature allows the angle of the HUD image to be adjusted.

Press the thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of the HUD display.
Press the thumbwheel to confirm and save the setting. This feature may only be available in P (Park). See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) .

HUD Views
There are four views in the HUD. Some vehicle information and vehicle messages or alerts may be displayed in any view.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 44

English Shown, Metric Similar

Speed View : This displays digital speed in English or metric units, speed limit, and indicators such as vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist, and Adaptive Cruise Control and set speed. Some information only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active.

The speed limit sign can be disabled in the HUD settings under Options in the Cluster Menu. See Instrument Cluster (Base Level) page 97 or Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) page 99.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 45

English Shown, Metric Similar

Audio/Phone View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed view along with audio/phone information. The current radio station, media type, and incoming calls will be displayed.
All HUD views may briefly display audio information when the steering wheel controls are used to adjust the audio settings appearing in the instrument cluster.
Incoming phone calls appearing in the instrument cluster may also display in any HUD view.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 46

English Shown, Metric Similar

Navigation View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed view along with Turn-by-Turn Navigation information in some vehicles. The compass heading is displayed when navigation routing is not active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the instrument cluster may also be displayed in any HUD view.

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 47

English Shown, Metric Similar

Performance View : This displays digital speed, indicators from speed view along with rpm reading, transmission positions, and gear shift indicator (if equipped).

Care of the HUD
Clean the inside of the windshield to remove any dirt or film that could reduce the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting
If you cannot see the HUD image when the ignition is on, check that:

  • Nothing is covering the HUD
  • The HUD brightness setting is not too dim or too bright.
  • The HUD is adjusted to the proper height and rotation.
  • Polarized sunglasses are not correct , contact your dealer.
  • The windshield and HUD lens are clean.

If the HUD image is not correct, contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUD system. See Windshield Replacement page 273.

Vehicle Messages

Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the status of the vehicle or some action that may be needed to correct a condition.
Multiple messages may appear one after another.

The messages that do not require immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by pressing V. The messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is performed.

All messages should be taken seriously; clearing the message does not correct the problem.
If a SERVICE message appears, see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in the messages. The system displays messages regarding the following topics:

  • Service Messages
  • Fluid Levels
  • Vehicle Security
  • Brakes
  • Steering
  • Ride Control Systems
  • Driver Assistance Systems
  • Cruise Control
  • Lighting and Bulb Replacement
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
  • Doors and Windows
  • Seat Belts
  • Airbag Systems
  • Engine and Transmission
  • Tire Pressure
  • Battery

Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the vehicle’s propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in propulsion power can affect the vehicle’s ability to accelerate. If this message is on, but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. Under certain conditions the performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicle may be driven while this message is on, but maximum acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message stays on, or displays repeatedly, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible.

Under certain operating conditions, propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting after the ignition has been off for 30 seconds.

Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)
This message shows that the vehicle speed has been limited to the speed displayed. The limited speed is a protection for various propulsion and vehicle systems, such as lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.

Universal Remote System

See Radio Frequency Statement page 343.

Universal Remote System Programming

Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 48

If equipped, these buttons are in the overhead console.
This system can replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers, security systems, and home automation devices.
These instructions refer to a garage door opener, but can be used for other devices.

Do not use the Universal Remote system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature. This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982.

Keep the original hand-held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming. Erase the programming when vehicle ownership is terminated. See “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons” later in this section.

To program a garage door opener, park outside directly in line with and facing the garage door opener receiver. Clear all people and objects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a new battery for quick and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

Programming the Universal Remote System

Programming involves time-sensitive actions and may time out, requiring the procedure to be repeated. Read these instructions completely before programming the Universal Remote system. It may help to have another person assist with the programming process.

  1.  Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) away from the Universal Remote system buttons with the indicator light in view.
    The hand-held transmitter was supplied by the manufacturer of the garage door opener receiver.
  2. Press and release one of the three Universal Remote system buttons to be programmed. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter button. Do not release the hand-held transmitter button until the indicator light changes from a slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. Then release the hand-held transmitter button.
    Some garage door openers may require substitution of Step 2 with the procedure under “Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators” later in this section.
    Press and hold the newly programmed Universal Remote system button for five seconds while watching the indicator light and garage door activation.

    • If the indicator light stays on continuously or the garage door moves when the button is pressed, then programming is complete. There is no need to complete Steps 4–6.
    • If the indicator light does not come on or the garage door does not move, a second button press may be required. For a second time, press and hold the newly programmed button for five seconds. If the indicator light stays on continuously or the garage door moves when the button is pressed, then programming is complete. There is no need to complete Steps 4–6.
    • If the garage door does not move, continue with programming Steps 4–6.
      Buick Enclave 2023 Instruments and Controls User Manual 49
  3. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the Learn or Smart button inside garage on the garage door opener receiver. The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.
  4.  Press and release the Learn or Smart button. Step 6 must be completed within 30 seconds of pressing this button.
  5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained Universal Remote system button for two seconds and release. Repeat the “press/hold/release” sequence up to three times to complete the training process.

The Universal Remote system should now activate the garage door. Repeat the process for programming the remaining two buttons.

For questions or programming help, see www.homelink.com/gm or call 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international rates will apply and may differ based on landline or mobile phone.

Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators

Some gate operators and radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission. This may not be long enough for the Universal Remote system to pick up the signal during programming.

If the programming did not work, replace Step 2 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” with the following:

Press and hold the Universal Remote system button while pressing and releasing the hand-held transmitter button every two seconds until the signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then change to a rapid flash or continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete.

Universal Remote System Operation
Using the Universal Remote System

Press and hold the appropriate Universal Remote system button for at least one-half second. The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

  1. Press and hold the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds.
  2. Release both

Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button

To reprogram any of the system buttons:

  1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. Do not release the button.
  2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 under “Programming the Universal Remote System.”

Useful Links

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Download Link: Manuals and Guides | Vehicle Support | Buick

Categories
Buick Enclave

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage Compartments Operation

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage Compartments Operation

The 2023 Buick Enclave stands out in terms of ease because it has well-thought-out storage spaces that make the car both more useful and better organized. The Enclave’s many well-placed storage options show that Buick is committed to making driving a polished experience. From the carefully made center panel to the well-thought-out cargo area, this luxury SUV has a lot of places to put things that meet the needs of modern life. Whether it’s the hidden compartments for keeping valuables safe or the different ways the back seats can be set up to make the most of the cargo space, the 2023 Buick Enclave’s storage spaces are both useful and stylish.

Storage Compartments

Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and could result in injury.

Glove Box
Lift up on the glove box lever to open it.

Cupholders

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 01

There are cupholders in the center console.

Press the access door to open.

Sunglasses Storage

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 02

If equipped, sunglasses storage is on the overhead console. Press the fixed button on the cover and release to access.

Center Console Storage

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 03

The center console has storage under the armrest. Pull up on the latch, and lift to open.

There is a removable organizer on top of the storage bin.

The center console also has the following:

  • A forward bin
  • An open pass through under the front of the console
  • If equipped, wireless charging in the front storage bin

Additional Storage Features

Cargo Management System

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 04

Lift the load floor to access the cargo management system.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 05

The hold open devices on the cargo bin allow the load floor to remain open without removal .

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 06

The cargo management system is used to organize storage in the cargo area. There are two convenience hooks that can support up to 5 kg (11 lb.).

After storing items in the cargo management system, make sure to properly latch the load floor.

Caution
The cargo bin can be damaged if the load floor is improperly removed or installed. Use care when removing and installing the load floor.

Removal Procedure
To access the spare tire, the cargo management system must be removed.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 07

  1. Remove the load floor. Open the load floor approximately 70% and pull upward and outward to release the two hooks from the rod affixed to the cargo management system.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 08
  2. Remove the four wing nuts.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 09
  3. Lift up on the handles on both sides to remove the cargo management system to access the spare tire.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 10
  4. The load floor and storage bin can be placed on the lowered third row seats while accessing the spare tire.

Installation Procedure

  1. Install the cargo management system in the vehicle.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 11
  2. Install the four wing nuts.
  3. Angle the load floor approximately 70%, align the two hooks on the load floor above the rod, and push the load floor until the hooks engage the cargo bin rod.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 13Make sure to properly latch the load door.

Warning
An improperly latched cargo cover,
or cargo cover left in the open position, could separate during a crash or sudden maneuver potentially impacting vehicle occupants. Someone could be injured. Be sure to return the cover to the closed position and latch before driving.

Roof Rack System

The vehicle may be equipped with side-rails for a roof rack system. Cargo must be secured with properly installed cross rails and other accessories designed to carry cargo. These can be purchased from your dealer.

Warning
Before driving and occasionally during a trip, check that cargo is securely fastened, rests evenly between the cross rails and does not block the vehicle’s lamps or windows. Never load cargo directly on the roof of the vehicle or allow cargo to hang over the rear or sides of the vehicle. Never load cargo without first properly installing cross rails and other accessories designed to carry cargo. Personal injury, death or damage to the vehicle or other property may occur.

If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place.

Cargo Weight Limits

Do not exceed the maximum cargo weight for the roof rack system, including the weight of the cross rails and any other accessories used to carry the cargo such as bike racks or roof boxes. The maximum cargo weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack system is 100 kg (220 lb) or the weight designated in the instructions that came with the cross rails or other roof rack accessories, whichever is less.

Warning
Never load the roof rack with more weight than specified in this section. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s center of gravity higher. To avoid losing control of the vehicle, avoid overloading, high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers when carrying cargo on the roof rack.

The weight of any cargo carried on the roof rack system must be included in calculating the loaded weight of the vehicle. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle, including cargo carried on the roof rack system and passengers and cargo carried in the vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 196.

FAQ

Q1: What are the storage compartments available in the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A1: The 2023 Buick Enclave offers various storage compartments throughout the cabin to help you keep your belongings organized.

Q2: How many cupholders does the 2023 Buick Enclave have?

A2: The 2023 Buick Enclave typically offers multiple cupholders in the front and rear areas to accommodate both front and rear passengers.

Q3: Are there any storage bins in the center console of the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A3: Yes, the center console of the 2023 Buick Enclave often features a storage bin for keeping items like phones, wallets, or small personal belongings.

Q4: Are there storage pockets in the doors of the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A4: Yes, the doors of the 2023 Buick Enclave usually have storage pockets where you can place smaller items.

Q5: Is there an overhead sunglass storage compartment in the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A5: Yes, many versions of the 2023 Buick Enclave provide an overhead sunglass storage compartment for convenient access.

Q6: Does the 2023 Buick Enclave have a center armrest storage compartment?

A6: Yes, the center armrest of the 2023 Buick Enclave often includes a storage compartment to store items like tissues, pens, or other small items.

Q7: Are there any hidden storage compartments in the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A7: While hidden compartments can vary by model and trim, some versions of the 2023 Buick Enclave might offer hidden storage areas for added security.

Q8: Can the rear seats of the 2023 Buick Enclave be folded down for additional storage space?

A8: Yes, the rear seats of the 2023 Buick Enclave can typically be folded down to create additional cargo space in the back.

Q9: Are there storage solutions in the cargo area of the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A9: Yes, the cargo area of the 2023 Buick Enclave usually features compartments and organizers to help secure and organize your cargo.

Q10: Is there a storage compartment under the cargo floor in the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A10: Some versions of the 2023 Buick Enclave may offer a storage compartment under the cargo floor for storing smaller items out of sight.

Q11: Are the rear seats of the 2023 Buick Enclave configurable for storage versatility?

A11: Yes, the rear seats of the 2023 Buick Enclave are often configurable, allowing you to adjust them for different combinations of passengers and cargo.

Q12: Is there a hidden storage compartment for valuables in the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A12: Some models of the 2023 Buick Enclave might offer a hidden compartment for storing valuable items discreetly.

Q13: Does the 2023 Buick Enclave have a large glove compartment?

A13: Yes, the 2023 Buick Enclave typically features a sizeable glove compartment for storing documents and other essentials.

Q14: Can you store a laptop or tablet in the storage compartments of the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A14: Depending on the size of the storage compartments, you might be able to store a laptop or tablet in some areas of the 2023 Buick Enclave.

Q15: Are the storage compartments illuminated in the 2023 Buick Enclave?

A15: Some versions of the 2023 Buick Enclave might feature interior lighting that illuminates the storage compartments for better visibility, especially at night.

Useful Link

View Full Manual: Buick Enclave 2023 User Manual | Auto User Guide
Buick Enclave 2023 Vehicle Care User Manual

Categories
Buick Enclave

2023 Buick Enclave Seats and Restraints Guidelines

Buick Logo

Buick Enclave 2023 Seats and Restraints User Manual

The 2023 Buick Enclave is a family-friendly luxury SUV that raises the bar for comfort, ease, and safety. The seats and restraints, which were carefully made, are a big part of its draw. Not only do they make the interior comfortable and roomy, but they also give you peace of mind on every trip. The Enclave can fit up to seven people and can be set up in different ways, such as with second-row captain’s chairs or a bench seat, to meet different passenger and storage needs. The quality leather or plush cloth upholstery makes the cabin feel more luxurious, and features like heated and cooled seats make the driver and passengers more comfortable. Safety comes first with advanced restraints like seatbelt pretensioners, a full airbag system, and ISOFIX/LATCH anchors that work with kid seats. Also, the Enclave’s many driver-assistance technologies, like rearview cameras, blind-spot tracking, and parking sensors, show how much it cares about passenger safety. In this thorough introduction, we talk about the 2023 Buick Enclave’s great seats and supports, focusing on how they help make driving safe and comfortable for families and single people alike.

2023 Buick Enclave Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

Front Seats

Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 01

Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant’s head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.
The height of the head restraint can be adjusted.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 02

To raise or lower the head restraint, press the button located on the side of the head restraint, and pull up or push the head restraint down, and release the button. Pull and push on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place.
The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable.

Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
The vehicle’s second row seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 03

To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place.

Always adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant’s head.
The second row seat outboard head restraints are never intended to be removed. Restraints with only a single push button located at the top of the seatback are not removable. While restraints with dual push buttons at the top of the seatback also should not be removed, the following instructions can be used to avoid damaging the vehicle and to safely reinstall the restraints before driving. Always reinstall the restraints before driving the vehicle.

Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints are installed and adjusted properly.

To remove the head restraint:

  1. Partially fold the seatback forward.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 04
  2. Press both buttons on the head restraint posts at the same time, and pull up on the head restraint.
  3. Store the head restraint in a secure place.

To reinstall the head restraint:

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 05

  1. Insert the head restraint posts into the holes in the top of the seatback. The notches on the posts must face the driver side of the vehicle.
  2. Push the head restraint down.
    If necessary, press the height adjustment release button to further lower the head restraint. 
  3. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place.

Third Row Seats
The vehicle’s third row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted up or down.

The third row outboard head restraints are not removable.
The third row outboard head restraints are designed to be folded.
The head restraint can be folded to allow for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied.
When folding the seatback down, the head restraint will automatically fold out of the way as the seat is folded down.
Return the lowered head restraint to the upright position until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure it is locked.
When an occupant is in the seat, always return the head restraint to the upright position. Pull the head restraint up and push it rearward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked.

Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment

Warning
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.

Warning
The power seats will work with the ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 06

To adjust the seat:

  • Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward.
  • Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down.
  • . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving the rear of the control up or down.

Reclining Seatbacks
Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job.
The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 07

Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 08

  • Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline.
  • Tilt the top of the control forward to raise.

Lumbar Adjustment

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 09

Four-Way Shown, Two-Way Similar

To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped:

  • Press and hold the front or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar
  • If equipped, press and hold the top or bottom of the control to raise or lower lumbar support.

Massage
If equipped, the ignition must be on to use the massage feature.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 10

If equipped, press the massage button to use the massage feature. To stop massage, press this button again.

The massage feature will turn off after approximately 10 minutes. Press the massage button to restart the massage feature.

Memory Seats

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 11

Overview

If equipped, the memory seat feature allows drivers to save their unique driving positions and a shared exit position. See “Saving Seating Positions” later in this section. The saved positions can be recalled manually by all drivers, see “Manually Recalling Seating Positions” later in this section, and drivers with remote key 1 and 2 can also recall them automatically. See “Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall” or “Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall” later in this section. To enable automatic recalls, turn on Seat Entry Memory and/or Seat Exit Memory. See “Enabling Automatic Recalls” later in this section. The memory recalls may be cancelled at any time during the recall. See “Cancel Memory Seating Recalls” later in this section.

Identifying Driver Number
The vehicle identifies the current driver by their remote key number 1–8. The current remote key number may be identified by Driver Information Center (DIC) welcome message, “You are driver x for memory recalls.” This message is displayed the first few times the vehicle is turned on when a different remote key is used. For Seat Entry Memory to work properly, save positions to the 1 or 2 memory button matching the driver number of this welcome message. To aid in identifying remote key IDs, it is recommended to only carry one remote key when entering the vehicle. Perform the following if the welcome message is not displayed:

  1. Move all keys and remote keys away from the vehicle.
  2. Start the vehicle with another remote key. A DIC welcome message should display indicating the driver number of the other remote key. Turn the vehicle off and remove the other key or remote key from the vehicle.
  3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or remote key. The DIC welcome message should display the driver number of the initial remote key.

Saving Seating Positions
Read these instructions completely before saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions to 1 and 2:

  1. Turn the vehicle on or to accessory mode. A DIC welcome message may indicate the driver number of the current remote key. See “Identifying Driver Number” previously in this section.
  2. Adjust all available memory features to the desired driving position.
  3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound .
  4. Immediately upon releasing SET, press and hold memory button 1 or 2 matching the current Driver’s remote key number until two beeps sound. If too much time passes between releasing SET and pressing 1 or 2, the two beeps will not sound indicating memory position were not saved. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 to try again.
  5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other remote key 1 or 2 using the other 1 or 2 memory button .

It is recommended to save the preferred driving positions to both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver.

To save the common exit seating position to B that is used by all drivers for Manually Recalling Seating Positions and Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall features, repeat Steps 1– 4 using B, the exit button.

Manually Recalling Seating Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or B button until the recall is complete, to recall the positions previously saved to that button.
Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2 or B buttons may be initiated and will complete to the saved memory position if the vehicle is in or out of P (Park).

Enabling Automatic Recalls

  • Seat Entry Memory moves the driver seat to the selected 1 or 2 position when the vehicle is started. Select Settings > Vehicle
  • Seating Position > Seat Entry Memory > ON or See “Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall” later in this section.
  • Seat Exit Memory moves the driver seat to the preferred exit position of the B button when the vehicle is turned off and the door is opened. Select Settings > Vehicle > Seating Position > Seat Exit Memory > ON or OFF. See “Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall” later in this section.

Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall

Seat Entry Memory will automatically begin movement to the seating positions of the 1 or 2 button corresponding to the driver’s remote key number 1 or 2 detected by the vehicle when:

  • The vehicle is turned on.
  • Seating positions have been previously saved to the same 1 or 2 button. See “Saving Seating Positions” previously in this section.
  • Seat Entry Memory is enabled. See “Enabling Automatic Recalls” previously in this section.
  • The vehicle is in P (Park).

Seat Entry Memory Recall will continue if the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved memory position.

If the saved memory seat position does not automatically recall, verify the recall is enabled. See “Enabling Automatic Recalls” previously in this section.

If the memory seat recalls to the wrong position, the driver’s remote key number 1 or 2 may not match the memory button number positions they were saved to. Try the other remote key or try saving the positions to the other 1 or 2 memory button. See “Saving Seating Positions” previously in this section.

Automatic Seat Entry Memory recalls are only available for driver’s remote key numbers 1 and 2. Remote keys 3–8 will not provide Seat Entry Memory recalls.

Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall
Seat Exit Memory will begin movement to the seating position of the Buick Enclave 2023 Doors and Windows User Manual 10.

button when:

The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is open or opened within a short time.
A seating position has been previously been saved to theBuick Enclave 2023 Doors and Windows User Manual 10 memory button. See “Saving Seating Positions” previously in this section.

  • Seat Exit Memory is enabled. See “Enabling Automatic Recalls” previously in this section.
  • The vehicle is in P (Park).

Seat Exit Memory recall will continue if the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved memory position.

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to the driver’s remote key. The seating position saved to B is used for all drivers.

Cancel Memory Seating Recalls

  • During any memory recall: Press a power seat control Press SET memory button
  • During Manual memory recall:
    Release 1, 2, or B memory button
    During Auto Seat Entry Memory Recall: Turn vehicle off
    Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons
    During Auto Seat Exit Memory Recall: Press SET, 1, 2, or B memory buttons

Obstructions
If something has blocked the seat while recalling a memory position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction and try the recall again. If the memory position still does not recall, see your dealer.

Heated and Ventilated Front Seats

Warning
If temperature change or pain to the skin cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket, cushion, cover, or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 12

Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, and Heated Seat Buttons Similar.
If equipped, the buttons are near the climate controls on the center stack. To operate, the engine must be running.
Press M or L to heat the driver or passenger seatback and cushion.
Press C or {, if available, to ventilate the driver or passenger seat. A ventilated seat has a fan that pulls or pushes air through the seat. The air is not cooled.

When this feature is off, the heated and ventilated seat symbols on the buttons are white. When a heated seat is turned on, the symbol turns red. When a ventilated seat is turned on, the symbol turns blue.

Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, the level may automatically be lowered after approximately 30 minutes.

The passenger seat may take longer to heat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this feature will automatically activate the heated or ventilated seats at the level required by the vehicle’s interior temperature.
The active high, medium, low, or off-heated or ventilated seat level will be indicated by the manual heated or ventilated seat buttons on the center stack. Use the manual heated or ventilated seat buttons on the center stack to turn auto-heated or ventilated seats off. If the passenger seat is unoccupied, the auto-heated or ventilated seats feature will not activate that seat. To enable or disable auto-heated or ventilated seats, select Settings > Vehicle > Climate and Air Quality > Auto Cooled or Auto Heated Seats > ON or OFF.

Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats
During a remote start, the heated or ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned on automatically. When it is cold outside, the heated seats turn on, and when it is hot outside the ventilated seats turn on. The heated or ventilated seats may be canceled when the vehicle is turned on. Press the heated or ventilated seat button to use the heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle is started.
The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights do not turn on during a remote start.
The temperature performance of an unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal.
To enable or disable remote start heated or ventilated seats, select Settings > Vehicle > Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start > Remote Start Auto Heat Seats or Remote Start Auto Cool Seats > ON or OFF. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 13.

Rear Seats

Rear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REAR SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays under certain conditions indicating there may be an item or passenger in the rear seat. Check before exiting the vehicle.

This feature will activate when a second row door is opened while the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned on. There will be an alert when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects in the rear seat; instead, under certain conditions, it detects when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off. Select Settings > Vehicle > Rear Seat Reminder > ON or OFF.

Rear Seat Adjustment
The second row seats slide forward for more room.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 13

To adjust the seat position:

  1. Remove objects on the floor in front of or on the second row seat, or in the seat tracks on the floor.
  2. Lift the lever below the seat cushion and slide the seat forward or backward.

Entering and Exiting the Third Row

Warning
Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

Warning
If the seatback and seat base are not locked, the seat could move forward in a sudden stop or crash and injure the occupant. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure the seatback and seat base are locked.

Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.

To access the third row from the passenger side:

The second row passenger side seat can be easily moved for third row entry or exit with a forward-facing child restraint installed using the LATCH system. Remove a  rear-facing child restraint before moving the seat for third row entry or exit.

Warning
Remove the child from the child restraint before moving the seat forward for third row entry or exit. Failure to do so may result in injury to the child.

  1. Remove objects on the floor in front of or under the second row seat, or in the seat tracks on the floor.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 14
  2. Pull the handle on the side of the seat forward and pull the seat forward.
     

Returning the Seat to the Seating Position

To return the second row seat to its normal seating position:+

  1. Remove objects on the floor behind or under the second row seat or in the seat tracks on the floor.
  2. Push on the seatback until the seat is locked into place.
  3. Push and pull on the seatback and seat cushion to make sure they are locked in place .
  4. Check that the seat belt is not under the seat cushion.

Reclining the Seatbacks

To recline the seatbacks:

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 15

  1. Leaning rearward in the seat, pull the reclining seatback handle.
  2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the handle to lock the seatback in place.
  3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

Folding the Seatbacks

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 16

To fold the second row seatbacks:

  1. Remove anything on or under the seat .
  2. Pull up on the reclining seatback The seatback will move forward and fold flat on top of the cushion. Do not place anything on the seat during this operation.

To return the seatback to the seating position, lift the seatback and push it rearward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

Heated Rear Seats
Warning
If temperature change or pain to the skin cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause burns. Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 12

If available, the buttons are on the rear of the center console.

With the engine running, press M or L to heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. An indicator on the climate control display appears when this feature is on.

This feature turns on at the highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat changes to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Three lights indicate the highest setting, and one light indicates the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, the level may automatically be lowered after approximately 30 minutes.

Third Row Seats
Warning
Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded, or pushed forward in the entry position, could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

Folding the Seatback
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.

To fold the third-row seatback:

  1. Remove objects on the floor in front of or on the second row seat, or in the seat tracks on the floor.
  2. If the second-row seat is in the full rear position, adjust it forward to allow the third-row seat to fold fully flat.
  3. Remove anything on or under the seat.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 18
  4. Disconnect the center seat belt mini-latch, using a key in the slot on the mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into the headliner.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 19
  5. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the headliner.
    Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 20
  6. Pull the release strap located on the seatback.
  7. Push the seatback forward to lay flat.
  8. Repeat for the other seatback, if necessary.

Returning the Seat to the Seating Position

To return the seatback to the seating position:

  1. From the rear of the vehicle, raise the seatback to the upright position using the pull strap on the back of the third row seat, or lift the seatback and push it into place from inside the vehicle.
    Warning
    If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.
  2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place.
    Warning
    A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted.
  3. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
  4. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the mini-latch is secure.

Power Seatback Folding

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 31

If equipped, the third row seatbacks can also be folded forward and returned to the upright position by pressing and holding the switches on the passenger side of the rear cargo area.

Seat Belts

This section describes how to use seat belts properly, and some things not to do.

Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash,
if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing seat belts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and check that all passenger(s) are restrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 104.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 32

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you and the vehicle slow down together. There is more time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts makes such good sense.

Questions and Answers About Seat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a seat belt?

A: You could be — whether you are wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear seat belts?

A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. They work with seat belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection.

Also, in nearly all states and in all Canadian provinces, the law requires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat Belts Properly

Follow these rules for everyone’s protection.

There are additional things to know about seat belts and children, including smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, 

Infants and Young Children. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following rules.

It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing seat belts.

There are important things to know about wearing a seat belt properly.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 33

  • Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you (if possible).
  • Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt.

If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries.

  • Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

Warning
You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 34

Buick Enclave 2023 Storage User Manual 35

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to become loose or twisted.